Sie sind auf Seite 1von 200

2.

ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2.1 Error Code List

The following error codes is displayed at the upper right of the screen when the “CLEAR PAPER” or “CALL
SERVICE” symbol is blinking. 2

2.1.1 Jam

Error code Classification Contents Troubleshooting


E010 Paper exit jam Jam not reaching the exit sensor : The paper which P. 5-1
has passed through the fuser unit does not reach
the exit sensor.
E020 Paper exit jam Stop jam at the exit sensor: The trailing edge of the P. 5-2
paper does not pass the exit sensor after its leading
edge has reached this sensor.
E030 Other paper jam Power-ON jam: The paper is remaining on the P. 5-18
paper transport path when power is turned ON.
E061 Incorrect paper size setting for upper drawer: The P. 5-18
size of paper in the 1st drawer differs from size set-
ting of the equipment.
E062 Incorrect paper size setting for lower drawer: The P. 5-18
size of paper in the 2nd drawer differs from size set-
ting of the equipment.
E063 Incorrect paper size setting for PFP upper drawer: P. 5-18
The size of paper in the 3rd drawer differs from size
setting of the equipment.
E064 Incorrect paper size setting for PFP lower drawer: P. 5-18
The size of paper in the 4th drawer differs from size
setting of the equipment.
E065 Incorrect paper size setting for bypass tray: The P. 5-18
size of paper in the bypass tray differs from size
setting of the equipment.
E090 Image data delay jam: Image data to be printed P. 5-19
cannot be prepared.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2-1
Error code Classification Contents Troubleshooting
E110 Paper misfeeding ADU misfeeding (Paper not reaching the registra- P. 5-3
tion sensor): The paper which has passed through
ADU does not reach the registration sensor during
duplex printing.
E120 Bypass misfeeding (Paper not reaching the regis- P. 5-4
tration sensor): The paper fed from the bypass tray
does not reach the registration sensor.
E130 Upper drawer misfeeding (Paper not reaching the P. 5-5
upper drawer feed sensor): The paper fed from the
upper drawer does not reach the upper drawer feed
sensor.
E140 Lower drawer misfeeding (Paper not reaching the P. 5-6
lower drawer feed sensor): The paper fed from the
lower drawer does not reach the lower drawer feed
sensor.
E150 PFP upper drawer misfeeding (Paper not reaching P. 5-7
the PFP upper drawer feed sensor): The paper fed
from the PFP upper drawer does not reach the PFP
upper drawer feed sensor.
E160 PFP lower drawer misfeeding (Paper not reaching P. 5-8
the PFP lower drawer feed sensor): The paper fed
from the PFP lower drawer does not reach the PFP
lower drawer feed sensor.
E190 LCF misfeeding (Paper not reaching the LCF feed P. 5-9
sensor): The paper fed from the LCF does not
reach the LCF feed sensor.
E200 Paper transport jam Upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the P. 5-10
registration sensor): The paper does not reach the
registration sensor after it has passed the upper
drawer feed sensor.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2-2
Error code Classification Contents Troubleshooting
E210 Paper transport jam Lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the P. 5-10
registration sensor): The paper does not reach the
registration sensor after it has passed the upper
drawer feed sensor.
E220 Lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the P. 5-11
upper drawer feed sensor): The paper does not
reach the upper drawer feed sensor after it has
passed the lower drawer feed sensor. 2
E300 PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reach- P. 5-10
ing the registration sensor): The paper does not
reach the registration sensor after it has passed the
upper drawer feed sensor.
E310 PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reach- P. 5-11
ing the upper drawer feed sensor): The paper does
not reach the upper drawer feed sensor after it has
passed the lower drawer feed sensor.
E320 PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reach- P. 5-12
ing the lower drawer feed sensor): The paper does
not reach the lower drawer feed sensor after it has
passed the PFP upper drawer feed sensor.
E330 PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reach- P. 5-10
ing the registration sensor): The paper does not
reach the registration sensor after it has passed the
upper drawer feed sensor.
E340 PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reach- P. 5-11
ing the upper drawer feed sensor): The paper does
not reach the upper drawer feed sensor after it has
passed the lower drawer feed sensor.
E350 PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reach- P. 5-12
ing the lower drawer feed sensor): The paper does
not reach the lower drawer feed sensor after it has
passed the PFP upper drawer feed sensor.
E360 PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reach- P. 5-13
ing the PFP upper drawer feed sensor): The paper
does not reach the PFP upper drawer feed sensor
after it has passed the PFP lower drawer feed sen-
sor.
E400 Cover open jam Jam access cover open jam: The jam access cover P. 5-20
has opened during printing.
E410 Front cover open jam: The front cover has opened P. 5-20
during printing.
E420 Cover open jam PFP side cover open jam: The PFP side cover has P. 5-21
opened during printing.
E430 ADU open jam: The ADU has opened during print- P. 5-21
ing.
E440 Side cover open jam: The side cover has opened P. 5-22
during printing.
E450 LCF side cover open jam: The LCF side cover has P. 5-22
opened during printing.
E480 Bridge unit open jam: The bridge unit has opened P. 5-23
during printing.
E510 Paper transport jam Jam not reaching the ADU entrance sensor: The P. 5-14
(ADU section) paper does not reach the ADU entrance sensor
after it is switchbacked in the exit section.
E520 Stop jam in the ADU: The paper does not reach the P. 5-15
ADU exit sensor after it has passed the ADU
entrance sensor.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2-3
Error code Classification Contents Troubleshooting
E550 Other paper jam Paper remaining jam on the transport path: The P. 5-19
paper is remaining on the transport path when print-
ing is finished (caused by a multiple paper feeding).
E712 RADF jam Jam not reaching the original registration sensor: P. 5-24
The original fed from the original feeding tray does
not reach the original registration sensor.
E713 Cover open jam in the read ready status: Jam P. 5-24
caused by opening of the RADF jam access cover
or front cover while the RADF is waiting for the
scanning start signal from the equipment.
E714 Feed signal reception jam: The feed signal is P. 5-25
received even no original exists on the original
feeding tray.
E721 Jam not reaching the read sensor: The original P. 5-25
does not reach the read sensor after it has passed
the registration sensor (when scanning obverse
side) or the reverse sensor (when scanning reverse
side).
E722 Jam not reaching the original exit/reverse sensor P. 5-26
(during scanning): The original which passed the
read sensor does not reach the original exit/reverse
sensor when it is transported from the scanning
section to exit section.
E724 Stop jam at the original registration sensor: The P. 5-26
trailing edge of the original does not pass the origi-
nal registration sensor after its leading edge has
reached this sensor.
E725 Stop jam at the read sensor: The trailing edge of the P. 5-27
original does not pass the read sensor after its lead-
ing edge has reached this sensor.
E731 Stop jam at the original exit/reverse sensor: The P. 5-27
trailing edge of the original does not pass the origi-
nal exit/reverse sensor after its leading edge has
reached this sensor.
E860 RADF jam access cover open: The RADF jam P. 5-27
access cover has opened during RADF operation.
E870 RADF open jam: RADF has opened during RADF P. 5-28
operation.
E910 Finisher jam Jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 1: The P. 5-29
(Bridge unit) paper does not reach the bridge unit transport sen-
sor 1 after it has passed the exit sensor.
E920 Stop jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 1: The P. 5-29
trailing edge of the paper does not pass the bridge
unit transport sensor 1 after its leading edge has
reached the sensor.
E930 Jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 2: The trail- P. 5-29
ing edge of the paper does not reach the bridge unit
transport sensor 2 after its leading edge has
reached the bridge unit transport sensor 1.
E940 Stop jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 2: The P. 5-29
trailing edge of the paper does not pass the bridge
unit transport sensor 2 after its leading edge has
reached the bridge unit transport sensor 2.
E9F0 Finisher jam Punching jam: Punching is not performed properly. P. 5-46
(Punch unit) [MJ-1023/1024 (when MJ-6004 is installed)]
[MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is installed)]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2-4

06/08
Error code Classification Contents Troubleshooting
EA10 Finisher jam Paper transport delay jam: The paper which has P. 5-30
(Finisher section) passed the bridge
unit does not reach the inlet sensor. [MJ-1022/
1023/1024/1101]
EA20 Paper transport stop jam: P. 5-32
(1) The paper does not pass through the inlet sen-
sor.
[MJ-1022/1023/1024] 2
(2) The paper has passed through the inlet sensor
but does not reach or pass the feed path sensor
or processing tray sensor.
[MJ-1023/1024]
(3) The paper which has passed through the inlet
sensor does not reach the transport sensor.
[MJ-1101]
EA21 Paper size error jam: Paper does not reach the sen- P. 5-33
sor because the paper is shorter than spec. [MJ-
1101]
EA30 Power-ON jam: P. 5-34
(1) Paper exists at the inlet sensor when power is
turned ON.
[MJ-1022/1023/1024]
(2) Paper exists at the feed path sensor or pro-
cessing tray sensor when power is turned ON.
[MJ-1023/1024]
EA31 Transport path paper remaining jam: The paper P. 5-35
which has passed through the inlet sensor does not
reach the transport sensor. [MJ-1101]
EA32 Exit paper remaining jam: The paper is remaining P. 5-35
on the finishing tray when the power is turned ON.
[MJ-1101]
EA40 Finisher jam Door open jam: P. 5-36
(Finisher section) 1) The finisher has been released from the equip-
ment during printing. [MJ-1022]
2) The upper/front cover of the finisher section or
the upper/ front door of the puncher section has
opened during printing. [MJ-1023/1024]
3) The front cover or stationary tray cover is
opened during paper transport. [MJ-1101]
EA50 Stapling jam: Stapling is not performed properly. P. 5-38
[MJ-1022/1023/1024/1101]
EA60 Early arrival jam: The inlet sensor detects the paper P. 5-40
earlier than a specified timing. [MJ-1022/1023/
1024/1101]
EA70 Stack delivery jam: It cannot deliver the stack of P. 5-41
paper on the intermediary process tray to the stack
tray. [MJ-1022]
Stack exit belt home position error: The stack exit
belt is not at the home position. [MJ-1101]

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2-5

06/08
Error code Classification Contents Troubleshooting
EA80 Finisher jam Stapling jam: Stapling is not performed properly. P. 5-43
(Saddle stitcher sec- [MJ-1024]
EA90 tion) Door open jam: The delivery cover or inlet cover P. 5-43
has opened dur-ing printing [MJ-1024].
EAA0 Power-ON jam: Paper exists at No.1 paper sensor, P. 5-44
No. 2 paper sensor, No.3 paper sensor, vertical
path paper sensor or delivery sensor when power is
turned ON. [MJ-1024]
EAB0 Transport stop jam: The paper which passed P. 5-44
through the inlet sensor does not reach or pass
No.1 paper sensor, No. 2 paper sensor, No.3 paper
sensor or delivery sensor. [MJ-1024]
EAC0 Transport delay jam: The paper which has reached P. 5-45
the inlet sensor does not pass through the inlet sen-
sor. [MJ-1024]
EAD0 Other paper jam Print end command time-out jam: The printing has P. 5-47
not finished normally because of the communica-
tion error between the SYS board and LGC board
at the end of printing.
EAE0 Finisher jam Receiving time time-out jam: The printing has been P. 5-47
interrupted because of the communication error
between the equipment and finisher when the
paper is transported from the equipment to the fin-
isher.
EAF0 Finisher jam Stack return jam: It cannot load the paper which P. 5-42
(Finisher section) passed through the delivery roller on the intermedi-
ary process tray. [MJ-1022]
EB30 Finisher jam Ready time time-out jam: The equipment judges P. 5-47
that the paper transport to the finisher is disabled
because of the communication error between the
equipment and finisher at the start of printing.
EB50 Paper transport jam Paper remaining on the transport path: The multiple P. 5-16
feeding of preceding paper caused the misfeeding
of upcoming paper.
EB60 Paper remaining on the transport path: The multiple P. 5-17
feeding of preceding paper caused the misfeeding
of upcoming paper (redetection after no jam is
detected at [EB50]).
ED10 Finisher jam Sideways adjustment motor (M2) home position P. 5-48
detection error: The Sideways adjustment motor is
not at the home position. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101
is installed)]
ED11 Skew adjustment motor (M1) home position detec- P. 5-48
tion abnormality: The Skew adjustment motor is not
at the home position. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is
installed)]
ED12 Shutter home position error: The shutter is not at P. 5-49
the home position. [MJ-1101]
ED13 Front alignment plate home position error: The front P. 5-49
alignment plate is not at the home position. [MJ-
1101]
ED14 Rear alignment plate home position error: The rear P. 5-50
alignment plate is not at the home position. [MJ-
1101]
ED15 Paddle home position error: The paddle is not at the P. 5-50
home position. [MJ-1101]
ED16 Buffer tray home position error: The buffer tray is P. 5-51
not at the home position. [MJ-1101]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2-6

06/08
2.1.2 Service call

Error code Classification Contents Troubleshooting


C010 Drive system related Main motor abnormality: The main motor is not P. 5-52
service call rotating normally.
C020 Developer motor abnormality: The developer motor P. 5-52
is not rotating normally.
C030 Transport motor abnormality: The transport motor is P. 5-52 2
not rotating normally.
C040 Paper feeding system PFP motor abnormality: The PFP motor is not rotat- P. 5-53
related service call ing normally. (the case that paper can be fed from
any drawer except the PFP)
C130 Upper drawer tray abnormality: The upper drawer P. 5-54
tray-up motor is not rotating or the upper drawer
tray is not moving normally. (the case that paper
can be fed from any drawer except the upper
drawer)
C140 Lower drawer tray abnormality: The lower drawer P. 5-54
tray-up motor is not rotating or the lower drawer tray
is not moving normally. (the case that paper can be
fed from any drawer except the lower drawer)
C150 PFP upper drawer tray abnormality: The PFP upper P. 5-55
drawer tray-up motor is not rotating or the PFP
upper drawer tray is not moving normally. (the case
that paper can be fed from any drawer except the
PFP upper drawer)
C160 PFP lower drawer tray abnormality: The PFP lower P. 5-55
drawer tray-up motor is not rotating or the PFP
lower drawer tray is not moving normally. (the case
that paper can be fed from any drawer except the
PFP lower drawer)
C180 LCF tray-up motor abnormality: The LCF tray-up P. 5-56
motor is not rotating or the LCF tray is not moving
normally. (the case that paper can be fed from any
drawer except the LCF)
C1A0 LCF end fence motor abnormality: The LCF end P. 5-57
fence motor is not rotating or the LCF end fence is
not moving normally. (the case that paper can be
fed from any drawer except the LCF)
C1B0 LCF transport motor abnormality: The LCF trans- P. 5-58
port motor is not rotating normally. (the case that
paper can be fed from any drawer except the LCF)
C260 Scanning system Peak detection error: Lighting of the exposure lamp P. 5-59
related service call (white reference) is not detected when power is
turned ON.
C270 Carriage home position sensor not turning OFF P. 5-59
within a specified period of time: The carriage does
not shift from its home position in a specified time.
C280 Carriage home position sensor not turning ON P. 5-59
within a specified period of time: The carriage does
not reach to its home position in a specified period
of time.
C360 Copy process related Charger cleaner motor abnormality: Charger P. 5-89
service call cleaner motor is not rotating or wire cleaner is not
moving normally.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2-7
Error code Classification Contents Troubleshooting
C411 Fuser unit related ser- Thermistor or heater abnormality at power-ON: P. 5-60
vice call Abnormality of the thermistor is detected when
power is turned ON or the temperature of the fuser
roller does not rise in a specified period of time after
power is turned ON.
C412 Thermistor/heater abnormality at power-ON: Ther- P. 5-60
mistor abnormality is detected at power-ON or the
fuser roller temperature does not rise within a spec-
ified period of time after power-ON.
C443 Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment (not P. 5-61
reaching to intermediate temperature)
C445 Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment P. 5-61
(pre-running end temperature abnormality)
C446 Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment P. 5-61
(pre-running end temperature abnormality)
C447 Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment P. 5-61
(temperature abnormality at ready status)
C449 Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment P. 5-61
(overheating)
C471 IH power voltage abnormality or IH initial abnormal- P. 5-61
ity
(IH board initial abnormality)
C472 IH power voltage abnormality (power supply abnor- P. 5-61
mality)
C475 IH power voltage abnormality (power supply abnor- P. 5-61
mality when door is opened)
C480 Overheating of IGBT: The temperature of the IGBT P. 5-61
rises abnormally.
C490 IH control circuit or IH coil abnormality: Abnormality P. 5-62
is detected in IH control circuit or IH coil is broken/
shorted.
C4B0 Fuser unit counter abnormality P. 5-62
C550 Optional communica- RADF I/F error: Communication error has occurred P. 5-63
tion related service call between the RADF and the scanner.
C570 Communication error between Engine-CPU and P. 5-63
IPC board
C580 Communication error between IPC board and fin- P. 5-63
isher
C900 Circuit related service Connection error between SYS board and LGC P. 5-64
call board
C940 Engine-CPU abnormality P. 5-64
C950 LGC board memory abnormality P. 5-64
C960 Connection error between LGC board and DRV P. 5-64
board, ID abnormality
C970 Process related ser- High-voltage transformer abnormality: Leakage of P. 5-89
vice call the main charger is detected.
C9E0 Circuit related service Connection error between SLG board and SYS P. 5-65
call board, ID abnormality
CA10 Laser optical unit Polygonal motor abnormality: The polygonal motor P. 5-66
related service call is not rotating normally.
CA20 H-Sync detection error: H-Sync signal detection PC P. 5-66
board cannot detect laser beams.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2-8
Error code Classification Contents Troubleshooting
CB10 Finisher related Entrance motor abnormality: The entrance motor is P. 5-67
service call not rotating normally. [MJ-1101]
CB11 Buffer tray guide motor abnormality: The buffer tray P. 5-67
guide motor is not rotating or the buffer tray guide is
not moving normally. [MJ-1101]
CB12 Buffer roller drive motor abnormality: The buffer P. 5-67
roller drive motor is not rotating or the buffer roller is
not moving normally. [MJ-1101] 2
CB20 Delivery motor abnormality: Delivery motor or deliv- P. 5-68
ery roller is not rotating normally. [MJ-1022]
CB30 Tray 1/Tray 2 shift motor abnormality: Tray 1/Tray 2 P. 5-68
shift motor is not rotating or delivery tray is not mov-
ing normally. [MJ-1023/1024]
Movable tray shift motor abnormality: The movable P. 5-68
tray shift motor is not rotating or the movable tray is
not moving normally. [MJ-1101]
CB31 Movable tray paper-full detection error: The actua- P. 5-69
tor of the movable tray paper-full detection sensor
does not move smoothly. [MJ-1101]
CB40 Rear aligning plate motor abnormality: Rear align- P. 5-69
ing plate motor is not rotating or aligning plate is not
moving normally. [MJ-1023/1024]
Front alignment motor abnormality: The front align- P. 5-69
ment motor is not rotating or the front alignment
plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1101]
CB50 Staple motor abnormality: Staple motor is not rotat- P. 5-70
ing or stapler is not moving normally. [MJ-1022/
1023/1024]
Stapler home position error: The stapler home posi- P. 5-70
tion sensor does not work. [MJ-1101]
CB51 Stapler shift home position error: The stapler is not P. 5-70
at the home position. [MJ-1101]
CB60 Stapler shift motor abnormality: Stapler shift motor P. 5-71
is not rotating or staple unit is not moving normally.
[MJ-1023/1024/1101]
CB80 Backup RAM data abnormality: P. 5-71
1) Abnormality of checksum value on finisher con-
troller PC board is detected when the power is
turned ON. [MJ-1023/1024]
2) Abnormality of checksum value on punch con-
troller PC board is detected when the power is
turned ON. [MJ-1023/1024 (when MJ-6004 is
installed)]
RAM abnormality: Abnormality of checksum value P. 5-71
on finisher controller PC board is detected when the
power is turned on. [MJ-1101]
CB81 Flash ROM abnormality: Abnormality of checksum P. 5-72
value on finisher controller PC board is detected
when the power is turned on. [MJ-1101]
CB90 Paper pushing plate motor abnormality: Paper P. 5-72
pushing plate motor is not rotating or paper pushing
plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1024]
CBA0 Stitch motor (front) abnormality: Stitch motor (front) P. 5-72
is not rotating or rotary cam is not moving normally.
[MJ-1024]
CBB0 Stitch motor (rear) abnormality: Stitch motor (rear) P. 5-72
is not rotating or rotary cam is not moving normally.
[MJ-1024]

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2-9

06/08
Error code Classification Contents Troubleshooting
CBC0 Finisher related Alignment motor abnormality: Alignment motor is P. 5-72
service call not rotating or aligning plate is not moving normally.
[MJ-1024]
CBD0 Guide motor abnormality: Guide motor is not rotat- P. 5-73
ing or guide is not moving normally. [MJ-1024]
CBE0 Paper folding motor abnormality: Paper folding P. 5-73
motor or paper folding roller is not rotating normally.
[MJ-1024]
CBF0 Paper positioning plate motor abnormality: Paper P. 5-73
positioning plate motor is not rotating or paper posi-
tioning plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1024]
CC00 Sensor connector abnormality: Connector of guide P. 5-74
home position sensor, paper pushing plate home
position sensor or paper pushing plate top position
sensor is disconnected. [MJ-1024]
CC10 Micro switch abnormality: With all covers closed, P. 5-74
inlet door switch, delivery door switch or front cover
switch is open. [MJ-1024]
CC20 Communication error between finisher and saddle P. 5-74
stitcher: Communication error between finisher con-
troller PC board and saddle stitcher controller board
[MJ-1023/1024]
CC30 Stack processing motor abnormality: The stack pro- P. 5-75
cessing motor is not rotating or the stack delivery
belt is not moving normally. [MJ-1022]
Stack transport motor abnormality: The stack trans- P. 5-76
port motor is not rotating or the stack transport belt
is not moving normally. [MJ-1101]
CC31 Transport motor abnormality: The transport motor is P. 5-76
not rotating or the stack transport roller -1 and -2 is
not rotating normally. [MJ-1101]
CC40 Swing motor abnormality: Swing motor is not rotat- P. 5-76
ing or swing unit is not moving normally. [MJ-1023/
1024]
CC41 Paper holder cam home position abnormality: The P. 5-77
paper holder cam is not at the home position. [MJ-
1101]
CC50 Horizontal registration motor abnormality: Horizon- P. 5-77
tal registration motor is not rotating or puncher is
not shifting normally. [MJ-1023/1024 (when MJ-
6004 is installed)]
CC51 Sideways adjustment motor (M2) abnormality: P. 5-77
Sideways adjustment motor is not rotating or
puncher is not shifting normally. [MJ-1101 (when
MJ-6101 is installed)
CC52 Skew adjustment motor (M1) abnormality: Skew P. 5-78
adjustment motor is not rotating or puncher is not
shifting normally. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is
installed)]
CC60 Punch motor abnormality: Punch motor is not rotat- P. 5-78
ing or puncher is not shifting normally. [MJ-1023/
1024 (when MJ-6004 is installed)]
CC61 Punch motor (M3) home position detection error: P. 5-79
Punch motor is not rotating or puncher is not shift-
ing normally. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is installed)]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 10

06/08
Error code Classification Contents Troubleshooting
CC71 Finisher related Punch ROM checksum error: Abnormality of check- P. 5-79
service call sum value on Hole punch controller PC board is
detected when the power is turned on. [MJ-1101
(when MJ-6101 is installed)]
CC72 Punch RAM read/write error: Abnormality of check- P. 5-79
sum value on Hole punch controller PC board is
detected when the power is turned on. [MJ-1101
(when MJ-6101 is installed)] 2
CC80 Front alignment motor abnormality: Front alignment P. 5-80
motor is not rotating or front aligning plate is not
moving normally. [MJ-1022]
Front aligning plate motor abnormality: Front align-
ing plate motor is not rotating or aligning plate is not
moving normally. [MJ-1023/1024]
Rear alignment motor abnormality: The rear align- P. 5-80
ment motor is not rotating or the rear alignment
plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1101]
CC90 Upper stack tray lift motor abnormality: The upper P. 5-81
stack tray lift motor is not rotating or the upper stack
tray is not moving normally. [MJ-1022]
CCA0 Lower stack tray lift motor abnormality: The lower P. 5-82
stack tray lift motor is not rotating or the lower stack
tray is not moving normally. [MJ-1022]
CCB0 Rear jogging motor abnormality: The rear jogging P. 5-82
motor is not rotating or the rear jogging plate is not
moving normally. [MJ-1022]
CCD0 Stack ejection motor abnormality: Stack ejection P. 5-83
motor or stack ejection roller is not rotating nor-
mally. [MJ-1023/1024]
CCE0 Paper trailing edge assist motor abnormality: Paper P. 5-83
trailing edge assist motor is not rotating or paper
trailing edge assist is not moving normally. [MJ-
1023/1024]
CCF0 Gear changing motor abnormality: Gear changing P. 5-83
motor is not rotating normally. [MJ-1023/1024]
CDE0 Paddle motor abnormality: The paddle motor is not P. 5-84
rotating or the paddle is not rotating normally. [MJ-
1101]
CE00 Communication error between finisher and punch P. 5-84
unit: Communication error between finisher control-
ler PC board and punch controller PC board [MJ-
1023/1024 (when MJ-6004 is installed)]
[MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is installed)]
CE10 Image control related Image quality sensor abnormality (OFF level): The P. 5-85
service call output value of this sensor is out of a specified
range when sensor light source is OFF.
CE20 Image quality sensor abnormality (no pattern level): P. 5-86
The output value of this sensor is out of a specified
range when the image quality control test pattern is
not formed.
CE40 Image quality control test pattern abnormality: The P. 5-87
test pattern is not formed normally.
CE50 Temperature/humidity sensor abnormality: The out- P. 5-88
put value of this sensor is out of a specified range.
CE90 Drum thermistor abnormality: The output value of P. 5-88
the drum thermistor is out of a specified range.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 11

06/08
Error code Classification Contents Troubleshooting
CEA0 Copy process related Revolver home position detection abnormality: It P. 5-89
service call cannot detect that the revolver is at its home posi-
tion.
CEB0 Black developer unit lifting movement abnormality: P. 5-90
The black developer unit does not move up or down
normally (lifting cam does not operate normally).
CEC0 Copy process related 2nd transfer roller position detection abnormality: P. 5-91
service call The 2nd transfer roller does not contact/release
normally.
CEE0 Transfer belt position detection abnormality (normal P. 5-92
speed): The home position of the transfer belt can-
not be detected.
CEE1 Transfer belt position detection abnormality (when P. 5-92
decelerating): Reference position of the transfer
belt cannot be detected.
CEF0 Revolver motor abnormality: Revolver motor is not P. 5-92
rotating or revolver is not moving normally.
CF20 Toner density control Toner density detection voltage abnormality: The P. 5-93
related service call output value of the color auto-toner sensor in print-
ing is out of a specified range.
CF30 Reference plate detection voltage abnormality: The P. 5-94
output value of the color auto-toner sensor against
the reference plate is out of a specified range at the
light amount correction during an auto-toner adjust-
ment or when a print job has finished.
CF40 Light amount correction voltage abnormality: The P. 5-95
light amount correction is not finished normally dur-
ing an auto-toner adjustment or when a print job
has finished, or the output value of the sensor is out
of a specified range when the light amount correc-
tion has finished.
CF50 Color auto-toner sensor abnormality: The connec- P. 5-96
tion of the color auto-toner sensor cannot be
detected at the initialization, or the output value of
color auto-toner sensor when the revolver starts
rotating for initialization is out of a specified range.
F070 Communication Communication error between System-CPU and P. 5-63
related service call Engine-CPU
F090 Circuit related service SRAM abnormality on the SYS board P. 5-65
F091 call NVRAM abnormality on the SYS board P. 5-65
F092 SRAM and NVRAM abnormality on the SYS board P. 5-65
F100 Other service call HDD format error: HDD cannot be initialized nor- P. 5-97
mally.
F101 HDD unmounted: Connection of HDD cannot be P. 5-97
detected.
F102 HDD start error: HDD cannot become ‘Ready’ state. P. 5-97
F103 HDD transfer time-out: Reading/writing cannot be P. 5-97
performed in the specified period of time.
F104 HDD data error: Abnormality is detected in the data P. 5-97
of HDD.
F105 HDD other error P. 5-97
F106 Point and Print partition damage P. 5-97
F107 /BOX partition damage P. 5-97
F108 /SHA partition damage P. 5-97

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 12
Error code Classification Contents Troubleshooting
F110 Communication Communication error between System-CPU and P. 5-63
related service call Scanner-CPU
F111 Scanner response abnormality P. 5-63
F120 Other service call Database abnormality: Database is not operating P. 5-97
normally.
F130 Invalid MAC address P. 5-97
F200 Data overwrite kit (GP-1060) is taken off P. 5-98 2
F350 Circuit related service SLG board abnormality P. 5-65
call

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 13

05/11
2.1.3 Error in Internet FAX / Scanning Function
1) Internet FAX related error
Error code Classification Troubleshooting
1C10 System access abnormality P. 5-98
1C11 Insufficient memory P. 5-98
1C12 Message reception error P. 5-98
1C13 Message transmission error P. 5-98
1C14 Invalid parameter P. 5-98
1C15 Exceeding file capacity P. 5-98
1C20 System management module access abnormality P. 5-98
1C21 Job control module access abnormality P. 5-98
1C22 Job control module access abnormality P. 5-98
1C30 Directory creation failure P. 5-99
1C31 File creation failure P. 5-99
1C32 File deletion failure P. 5-98
1C33 File access failure P. 5-99
1C40 Image conversion abnormality P. 5-99
1C60 HDD full failure during processing P. 5-99
1C61 Address Book reading failure P. 5-99
1C62 Memory acquiring failure P. 5-99
1C63 Terminal IP address unset P. 5-99
1C64 Terminal mail address unset P. 5-99
1C65 SMTP address unset P. 5-99
1C66 Server time time-out error P. 5-99
1C67 NIC time time-out error P. 5-99
1C68 NIC access error P. 5-99
1C69 SMTP server connection error P. 5-99
1C6A HOST NAME error P. 5-99
1C6B Terminal mail address error P. 5-100
1C6C Destination mail address error P. 5-100
1C6D System error P. 5-99
1C70 SMTP client OFF P. 5-100
1C71 SMTP authentication error P. 5-100
1C72 POP before SMTP error P. 5-100
1C80 Internet FAX transmission failure when processing E-mail job received P. 5-100
1C81 Onramp Gateway transmission failure P. 5-100
1C82 Internet FAX transmission failure when processing FAX job received P. 5-100
1CC0 Job canceling -
1CC1 Power failure P. 5-100

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 14
2) RFC related error
Message displayed in
Error code Contents Troubleshooting
the TopAccess screen
2500 Syntax error, command unrecog- HOST NAME error(RFC: 500) P. 5-101
nized Destination mail address error
(RFC: 500)
Terminal mail address error
(RFC: 500)
2501 Syntax error in parameters or argu- HOST NAME error(RFC: 501) P. 5-101 2
ments Destination mail address error
(RFC: 501)
Terminal mail address error
(RFC: 501)
2503 Bad sequence of commands Destination mail address error P. 5-101
(RFC: 503)
2504 Command parameter not imple- HOST NAME error P. 5-101
mented (RFC: 504)
2550 Mailbox unavailable Destination mail address error P. 5-101
(RFC: 550)
2551 User not local Destination mail address error P. 5-101
(RFC: 551)
2552 Insufficient system storage Terminal/Destination mail address P. 5-101
error
(RFC: 552)
2553 Mailbox name not allowed Destination mail address error P. 5-101
(RFC: 553)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 15
3) Electronic Filing related error
Message displayed in
Error code Contents Troubleshooting
the TopAccess screen
2B10 There was no applicable job. No applicable job error in job control P. 5-102
module
2B11 Job status failed. JOB status abnormality P. 5-102
2B20 Failed to access file. File library function error P. 5-102
2B30 Insufficient disk space. Insufficient disk space in /BOX parti- P. 5-102
tion
2B31 Failed to access Electronic Filing. Status of specified Electronic Filing P. 5-102
or folder is undefined or being cre-
ated/deleted
2B32 Failed to print Electronic Filing docu- Electronic Filing printing failure: P. 5-102
ment. Specified document can not be
printed because of client’s access
(being edited, etc.).
2B50 Failed to process image. Image library error P. 5-102
2B51 Failed to process print image. List library error P. 5-102
2B71 Document(s) expire(s) in a few days Documents expiring in a few days -
exist
2B80 Hard Disk space for Electronic Filing Hard disk space in /BOX partition is -
nearly full. nearly full (90%).
2B90 Insufficient Memory. Insufficient memory capacity P. 5-102
2BA0 Invalid Box password specified. Invalid Box password P. 5-102
2BB0 Job canceled Job canceling -
2BB1 Power failure occurred Power failure P. 5-102
2BC0 System fatal error. Fatal failure occurred P. 5-102
2BC1 Failed to acquire resource. System management module P. 5-102
resource acquiring failure
2BD0 Power failure occurred during e-Fil- Power failure occurred during restor- P. 5-102
ing restoring. ing of Electronic Filing
2BE0 Failed to get machine parameter. Machine parameter reading failure P. 5-103
2BF0 Maximum number of page range is Exceeding maximum number of P. 5-103
reached. pages
2BF1 Maximum number of document Exceeding maximum number of doc- P. 5-103
range is reached. uments
2BF2 Maximum number of folder range is Exceeding maximum number of fold- P. 5-103
reached. ers

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 16
4) E-mail related error
Message displayed in
Error code Contents Troubleshooting
the TopAccess screen
2C10 Illegal Job status System access abnormality P. 5-104
2C11 Not enough memory Insufficient memory P. 5-104
2C12 Illegal Job status Message reception error P. 5-104
2C13 Illegal Job status Message transmission error P. 5-104
2C14 Invalid parameter specified Invalid parameter P. 5-104 2
2C15 Message size exceeded limit or max- Exceeding file capacity P. 5-104
imum size
2C20 Illegal Job status System management module access P. 5-104
abnormality
2C21 Illegal Job status Job control module access abnor- P. 5-104
mality
2C22 Illegal Job status Job control module access abnor- P. 5-104
mality
2C30 Failed to create directory Directory creation failure P. 5-104
2C31 Failed to create file File creation failure P. 5-104
2C32 Failed to delete file File deletion failure P. 5-104
2C33 Failed to create file File access failure P. 5-104
2C40 Failed to convert image file format Image conversion abnormality P. 5-104
2C60 Failed to process your Job. Insuffi- HDD full failure during processing P. 5-104
cient disk space.
2C61 Failed to read AddressBook Address Book reading failure P. 5-104
2C62 Not enough memory Memory acquiring failure P. 5-104
2C63 Invalid Domain Address Terminal IP address unset P. 5-104
2C64 Invalid Domain Address Terminal mail address unset P. 5-105
2C65 Failed to connect to SMTP server SMTP address unset P. 5-105
2C66 Failed to connect to SMTP server Server time time-out error P. 5-105
2C67 Failed to send E-Mail message NIC time time-out error P. 5-105
2C68 Failed to send E-Mail message NIC access error P. 5-105
2C69 Failed to connect to SMTP server SMTP server connection error P. 5-105
2C6A Failed to send E-Mail message HOST NAME error (No RFC error) P. 5-105
2C6B Invalid address specified in From: Terminal mail address error P. 5-105
field
2C6C Invalid address specified in To: field Destination mail address error (No P. 5-105
RFC error)
2C6D NIC system error System error P. 5-105
2C70 SMTP service is not available SMTP client OFF P. 5-105
2C71 Failed SMTP Authentication SMTP authentication error P. 5-105
2C72 POP Before SMTP Authentication POP before SMTP error P. 5-105
Failed
2C80 Failed to process received E-mail job E-mail transmission failure when pro- P. 5-105
cessing E-mail job received
2C81 Failed to process received Fax job Process failure of FAX job received P. 5-105
2CC0 Job canceled Job canceling -
2CC1 Power failure occurred Power failure P. 5-106

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 17
5) File sharing related error
Message displayed in
Error code Contents Troubleshooting
the TopAccess screen
2D10 Illegal Job status System access abnormality P. 5-107
2D11 Not enough memory Insufficient memory P. 5-107
2D12 Illegal Job status Message reception error P. 5-107
2D13 Illegal Job status Message transmission error P. 5-107
2D14 Invalid parameter specified Invalid parameter P. 5-107
2D15 There are too many documents in the Exceeding document number P. 5-107
folder. Failed in creating new docu-
ment.
2D20 Illegal Job status System management module access P. 5-107
abnormality
2D21 Illegal Job status Job control module access abnor- P. 5-107
mality
2D22 Illegal Job status Job control module access abnor- P. 5-107
mality
2D30 Failed to create directory Directory creation failure P. 5-107
2D31 Failed to create file File creation failure P. 5-107
2D32 Failed to delete file File deletion failure P. 5-107
2D33 Failed to create file File access failure P. 5-107
2D40 Failed to convert image file format Image conversion abnormality P. 5-107
2D60 Failed to copy file File library access abnormality P. 5-107
2D62 Failed to connect to network destina- File server connection error P. 5-107
tion. Check destination path
2D63 Specified network path is invalid. Invalid network path P. 5-107
Check destination path
2D64 Logon to file server failed. Check Login failure P. 5-108
username and password
2D65 There are too many documents in the Exceeding documents in folder: P. 5-108
folder. Failed in creating new docu- Creating new document is failed.
ment.
2D66 Failed to process your Job. Insuffi- HDD full failure during processing P. 5-108
cient disk space.
2D67 FTP service is not available FTP service not available P. 5-108
2D68 File Sharing service is not available File sharing service not available P. 5-108
2DA0 Expired scan documents deleted Periodical deletion of scanned docu- -
from share folder. ments completed properly.
2DA1 Expired Sent Fax documents deleted Periodical deletion of transmitted -
from shared folder. FAX documents completed properly.
2DA2 Expired Received Fax documents Periodical deletion of received FAX -
deleted from shared folder. documents completed properly.
2DA3 Scanned documents in shared folder Manual deletion of scanned docu- -
deleted upon user’s request. ments completed properly.
2DA4 Sent Fax Documents in shared folder Manual deletion of transmitted FAX -
deleted upon user’s request. documents completed properly.
2DA5 Received Fax Documents in shared Manual deletion of received FAX -
folder deleted upon user’s request. documents completed properly.
2DA6 Failed to delete file. File deletion failure P. 5-107
2DA7 Failed to acquire resource. Resource acquiring failure P. 5-107
2DC0 Job canceled Job canceling -
2DC1 Power failure occurred Power failure P. 5-108

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 18

06/08
6) E-mail reception related error
Message displayed in
Error code Contents Troubleshooting
the TopAccess screen
3A10 MIME Error has been detected in the E-mail MIME error P. 5-109
received mail.
3A11 MIME Error has been detected in the P. 5-109
received mail. This mail has been
transferred to the administrator.
3A12 MIME Error has been detected in the P. 5-109 2
received mail. This mail could not be
transferred to the administrator.
3A20 Analyze Error has been detected in E-mail analysis error P. 5-109
the received mail.
3A21 Analyze Error has been detected in P. 5-109
the received mail. This mail has been
transferred to the administrator.
3A22 Analyze Error has been detected in P. 5-109
the received mail. This mail could not
be transferred to the administrator.
3A30 Whole partial mails were not reached Partial mail time-out error P. 5-109
by timeout.
3A40 Partial Mail Error has been detected Partial mail related error P. 5-109
in the received mail.
3A50 HDD Full Error has been occurred in Insufficient HDD capacity error P. 5-109
this mail.
3A51 HDD Full Error has been occurred in P. 5-109
this mail. This mail has been trans-
ferred to the administrator.
3A52 HDD Full Error has been occurred in P. 5-109
this mail. This mail could not be
transferred to the administrator.
3A60 HDD Full Warning has been occurred Warning of insufficient HDD capacity P. 5-109
in this mail.
3A61 HDD Full Warning has been occurred P. 5-109
in this mail. This mail could not be
transferred to the administrator.
3A62 HDD Full Warning has been occurred P. 5-109
in this mail. This mail could not be
transferred to the administrator.
3A70 Receiving partial mail was aborted Warning of partial mail interruption P. 5-109
since the partial mail setting has
been changed to Disable.
3A80 Partial mail was received during the Partial mail reception setting OFF P. 5-109
partial mail setting is disabled.
3A81 Partial mail was received during the P. 5-109
partial mail setting is disabled. This
mail has been transferred to the
administrator.
3A82 Partial mail was received during the P. 5-109
partial mail setting is disabled. This
mail could not be transferred to the
administrator.
3B10 Format Error has been detected in E-mail format error P. 5-109
the received mail.
3B11 Format Error has been detected in P. 5-109
the received mail. This mail has been
transferred to the administrator.
3B12 Format Error has been detected in P. 5-109
the received mail. This mail could not
be transferred to the administrator.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 19
Message displayed in
Error code Contents Troubleshooting
the TopAccess screen
3B20 Content-Type Error has been Content-Type error P. 5-109
detected in the received mail.
3B21 Content-Type Error has been P. 5-109
detected in the received mail. This
mail has been transferred to the
administrator.
3B22 Content-Type Error has been P. 5-109
detected in the received mail. This
mail could not be transferred to the
administrator.
3B30 Charset Error has been detected in Charset error P. 5-109
the received mail.
3B31 Charset Error has been detected in P. 5-109
the received mail. This mail has been
transferred to the administrator.
3B32 Charset Error has been detected in P. 5-109
the received mail. This mail could not
be transferred to the administrator.
3B40 Decode Error has been detected in E-mail decode error P. 5-109
the received mail.
3B41 Decode Error has been detected in P. 5-109
the received mail. This mail has been
transferred to the administrator.
3B42 Decode Error has been detected in P. 5-109
the received mail. This mail could not
be transferred to the administrator.
3C10 Tiff Analyze Error has been detected TIFF analysis error P. 5-109
in the received mail.
3C11 Tiff Analyze Error has been detected P. 5-109
in the received mail. This mail has
been transferred to the administrator.
3C12 Tiff Analyze Error has been detected P. 5-109
in the received mail. This mail could
not be transferred to the administra-
tor.
3C13 Tiff Analyze Error has been detected P. 5-109
in the received mail.
3C20 Tiff Compression Error has been E-mail format error P. 5-109
detected in the received mail.
3C21 Tiff Compression Error has been P. 5-109
detected in the received mail. This
mail has been transferred to the
administrator.
3C22 Tiff Compression Error has been P. 5-109
detected in the received mail. This
mail could not be transferred to the
administrator.
3C30 Tiff Resolution Error has been Content-Type error P. 5-110
detected in the received mail.
3C31 Tiff Resolution Error has been P. 5-110
detected in the received mail. This
mail has been transferred to the
administrator.
3C32 Tiff Resolution Error has been P. 5-110
detected in the received mail. This
mail could not be transferred to the
administrator.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 20
Message displayed in
Error code Contents Troubleshooting
the TopAccess screen
3C40 Tiff Paper Size Error has been Charset error P. 5-110
detected in the received mail.
3C41 Tiff Paper Size Error has been P. 5-110
detected in the received mail. This
mail has been transferred to the
administrator.
3C42 Tiff Paper Size Error has been P. 5-110 2
detected in the received mail. This
mail could not be transferred to the
administrator.
3C50 Offramp Destination Error has been E-mail decode error P. 5-110
detected in the received mail.
3C51 Offramp Destination Error has been P. 5-110
detected in the received mail. This
mail has been transferred to the
administrator.
3C52 Offramp Destination Error has been P. 5-110
detected in the received mail. This
mail could not be transferred to the
administrator.
3C60 Offramp Security Error has been TIFF analysis error P. 5-110
detected in the received mail.
3C61 Offramp Security Error has been P. 5-110
detected in the received mail. This
mail has been transferred to the
administrator.
3C62 Offramp Security Error has been P. 5-110
detected in the received mail. This
mail could not be transferred to the
administrator.
3C70 Power Failure has been occurred in Power failure error P. 5-110
Email receiving.
3D10 SMTP Destination Error has been Destination address error P. 5-110
detected in the received mail. This
mail was deleted.
3D20 Offramp Destination limitation Error Offramp destination limitation error P. 5-110
has been detected in the received
mail.
3D30 Fax Board Error has been occurred FAX board error P. 5-110
in the received mail.
3E10 POP3 Connection Error has been POP3 server connection error P. 5-110
occurred in the received mail.
3E20 POP3 Connection Timeout Error has POP3 server connection time-out P. 5-110
been occurred in the received mail. error
3E30 POP3 Login Error has been occurred POP3 login error P. 5-110
in the received mail.
3E40 POP3 Login Error occurred in the POP3 login method error P. 5-110
received mail.
3F00 File I/O Error has been occurred in File I/O error P. 5-110
3F10 this mail. The mail could not be P. 5-110
3F20 received until File I/O is recovered. P. 5-110
3F30 P. 5-110
3F40 P. 5-110

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 21
2.1.4 Printer function error
Following codes are displayed at the end of the user name on the print job log screen.
Error code Contents Troubleshooting
402F Page memory size error - 1200 dpi network print is performed by the equip- P. 5-111
ment with 128 MB (standard) memory.
4031 HDD full during print - Large quantity image data by private print or invalid P. 5-111
network print are saved in HDD.
4032 Private-print-only error: Jobs other than Private print jobs cannot be per- P. 5-111
formed.
4033 Printing data storing limitation error: Printing with its data being stored to the P. 5-111
HDD temporarily (Proof print, Private print, Scheduled print, etc.) cannot be
performed.
4034 e-Filing storing limitation error: Printing with its data being stored to the HDD P. 5-111
(print and e-Filing, print to e-Filing, etc.) cannot be performed.
4035 Local file storing limitation error: Network FAX or Internet FAX cannot be sent P. 5-111
when "Local" is selected for the destination of the file to save.
4036 User authentication error: The user who intended to print a document is not P. 5-111
registered as a user.
A221 Print job cancellation - Print job (copy, list print, network print) is deleted from P. 5-111
the print job screen.
A222 Print job power failure - The power of the equipment is turned OFF during P. 5-111
print job (copy, list print, network print).
A290 Limit over error (Black): The numbers of output pages have exceeded those P. 5-111
specified with both of the department code and the user code at the same
time.
A291 Limit over error (Black): The number of output pages has exceeded the one P. 5-111
specified with the user code.
A292 Limit over error (Black): The number of output pages has exceeded the one P. 5-111
specified with the department code.
A2A0 Limit over error (Color): The numbers of output pages have exceeded those P. 5-111
specified with both of the department code and the user code at the same
time.
A2A1 Limit over error (Color): The number of output pages has exceeded the one P. 5-111
specified with the user code.
A2A2 Limit over error (Color): The number of output pages has exceeded the one P. 5-111
specified with the department code.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 22
<<Error history>>
In the setting mode (08-253), the latest twenty groups of error data will be displayed.
Display example
EA10 99999999 05 06 14 17 57 32 064 064 23621000000
Error code Total counter YY MM DD HH MM SS MMM NNN ABCDEFHIJLO
4 digits 8 digits 12 digits (Year is indicated 3 digits 3 digits 11 digits
with its last two digits.)
A Paper source 2
0: Not selected 1: Bypass feed 2: LCF 3: Upper drawer 4: Lower drawer 5: PFP upper drawer
6: PFP lower drawer 7: Unused 8: Unused
B Paper size code
0: A5/ST 1: A5-R 2: ST-R 3: LT, 4: A4 5: B5-R 6: LT-R 7: A4-R 8: OTHER/UNIV 9: B5,
A: FOLIO/COMP B: LG C: B4 D: LD E: A3 F: 13"LG G: Unsed H: A6-R I: Post card J: 8.5"SQ
K: A3-wide L: 305×457 mm M: 8K N: 16K-R O: 16K Z: Not selected
C Sort mode/staple mode
0: Non-sort/Non-staple 1: Group 2: Sort 7: Front staple
8: Double staple 9: Rear staple A: Saddle stitch
D ADF mode
0: Unused 1: AUTO FEED (SADF) 2: STACK FEED
E APS/AMS mode
0: Not selected 1: APS 2: AMS
F Duplex mode
0: Not selected 1: Book 2: Double-sided/Single-sided 4: Double-sided/Duplex copying
8: Single-sided/Duplex copying
G Unused
H Image shift
0: Unused 1: Book 2: Left 4: Right
I Editing
0: Unused 1: Masking 2: Trimming 3: Mirror image 4: Unused
J Edge erase/Dual-page
0: Unused 1: Edge erase 2: Dual-page 3: Edge erase & Dual-page
K Unused
L Function
0: Unused 1: Copying 2: FAX/Internet FAX transmission 3: FAX/Internet FAX/E-mail reception printing
4: Unused 5: Printing/List print 6: Scan/E-mail transmission
MMM Primary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal)
(Mx256)+(Mx16)+M
NNN Secondary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal)
(Nx256)+(Nx16)+N
O Color mode
0: Auto color 1: Full color 2: Black 3: Unused 4: Twin color copy 5: Gray scale
6: Unused 7: Image smoothing

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 23
2.2 Self-diagnosis Modes

Mode For start Contents For exit Display


Control panel [0]+[1]+ All LEDs on the control panel are lit, and all [POWER] -
check mode [POWER] the LCD pixels blink. OFF/ON
Test mode [0]+[3]+ Checks the status of input/output signals. [POWER] 100% C A4
[POWER] OFF/ON TEST MODE
Test print mode [0]+[4]+ Outputs the test patterns. [POWER] 100% P A4
[POWER] OFF/ON TEST PRINT
Adjustment [0]+[5]+ Adjusts various items. [POWER] 100% A A4
mode [POWER] OFF/ON TEST MODE
Setting mode [0]+[8]+ Sets various items. [POWER] 100% D
[POWER] OFF/ON TEST MODE
List print mode [9]+[START]+ Prints out the data lists of the codes 05 and [POWER] 100% UA A4
[POWER] 08, PM support mode and pixel counter. OFF/ON LIST PRINT
PM support [6]+[START]+ Clears each counter. [POWER] 100% K
mode [POWER] OFF/ON TEST MODE
Firmware [8]+[9]+ Performs updating of the system firmware. [POWER] -
update mode [POWER] OFF/ON

Notes:
1. To enter the desired mode, turn ON the power while two digital keys designated to each mode
(e.g. [0] and [5]) are pressed simultaneously.
2. When the optional FAX unit is installed, Faxes received automatically during the self-diagno-
sis mode may not be printed out. Be sure to disconnect the modular code from the line con-
nectors (LINE1, LINE2) of the equipment before starting the self-diagnosis mode. Also, be
sure to finish the self-diagnosis mode by turning the power OFF and back ON before connect-
ing the modular code.

To exit from Adjustment mode and Setting mode:


Shut down the equipment. When the power should be turned OFF, be sure to shut down the equip-
ment by pressing the [ENERGY SAVER] button for a few seconds.

<Operation procedure>
• Control panel check mode (01):

ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅðÃÅïà ÔÛÜ ´·¬ñ øÛ¨·¬÷
ÅÍÌßÎÌà øÞ«¬¬±² ½¸»½µ÷
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÔÝÜ ¾´·²µ·²¹
ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Notes:
1. A mode can be canceled by [POWER] OFF/ON when the LED is lit and the LCD is blinking.
2. Button Check
Buttons with LED (Press to turn OFF the LED.)
Buttons without LED (Press to display the message on the control panel.)
Button on touch panel (Press to display the screen on the control panel at power-ON.)

• Test mode (03): Refer to “2.2.1. Input check (test mode 03)” and “2.2.2. Output check (test mode
03)”.
• Test print mode (04): Refer to “2.2.3. Test print mode (04)”.

• Adjustment mode (05): Refer to “2.2.4. Adjustment mode (05)”.

• Setting mode (08): Refer to “2.2.5. Setting mode (08)”.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 24

06/08
• List print mode (9S): The procedure varies depending on the code.

ÅçÃÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§-à ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§-à ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ïðïæ ß¼¶«-¬³»²¬ ³±¼» øðë÷ Õ»§ ·² ¬¸» º·®-¬ Õ»§ ·² ¬¸» ´¿-¬ Ô·-¬ -¬¿®¬- ¬± ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ïðîæ Í»¬¬·²¹ ³±¼» øðè÷ ½±¼» ¬± ¾» °®·²¬»¼ ½±¼» ¬± ¾» °®·²¬»¼ ¾» °®·²¬»¼ øÛ¨·¬÷
øݱ¼»÷
ïðíæ ÐÓ -«°°±®¬ ³±¼»
ïðìæ ͬ±®»¼ ·²º±®³¿¬·±² ±º °·¨»´ ½±«²¬»® ø¬±²»® ½¿®¬®·¼¹» ®»º»®»²½»÷
ïðëæ ͬ±®»¼ ·²º±®³¿¬·±² ±º °·¨»´ ½±«²¬»® ø-»®ª·½» ¬»½¸²·½·¿² ®»º»®»²½»÷ 2
ïðêæ Û®®±® ¸·-¬±®§ øÓ¿¨·³«³ ïððð ·¬»³-÷
ïðéæ Û®®±® ¸·-¬±®§ øÔ¿¬»-¬ èð ·¬»³-÷

• PM support mode (6S):

ÅêÃÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
øݱ¼»÷ ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
îæ ÐÓ Í«°°±®¬ ͽ®»»² øÑ°»®¿¬·±² -¬¿®¬»¼÷ øÛ¨·¬÷

• Firmware update mode (89): Refer to “6. FIRMWARE UPDATING”.

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÒ
Ò±®³¿´

ÅðÃÅïà ÅðÃÅíà ÅðÃÅìà ÅðÃÅëà ÅðÃÅèà ÅçÃÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅêÃÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅèÃÅçÃ

ݱ²¬®±´ °¿²»´ Ì»-¬ °®·²¬ ß¼¶«-¬³»²¬ Í»¬¬·²¹ Ô·-¬ °®·²¬ ÐÓ -«°°±®¬ Ú·®³©¿®»
É¿®³·²¹ «° ½¸»½µ ³±¼» Ì»-¬ ³±¼» ³±¼» ³±¼» ³±¼» ³±¼» «°¼¿¬» ³±¼»
³±¼»

λ¿¼§

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÚÚ
öï
̱ «-»®
ͬ¿¬» ¬®¿²-·¬·±² ¼·¿¹®¿³ ±º -»´ºó¼·¿¹²±-·- ³±¼»-

Fig. 2-1

*1 Turn OFF the power after using the self-diagnosis mode, and leave the equipment to the user.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 25
2.2.1 Input check (Test mode 03)

The status of each input signal can be checked by pressing the [FAX] button, [COPY] button and
the digital keys in the test mode (03).

<Operation procedure>

ÅðÃÅíà ÅÚßÈÃ
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ±® ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§-à øÔÝÜ ÑÒ÷ ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÅÝÑÐÇà øÛ¨·¬÷
ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

Note:
Initialization is performed before the equipment enters the test mode.

Fig. 2-2 Example of display during input check

Items to be checked and the condition of the equipment when the buttons [A] to [H] are highlighted are
listed in the following pages.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 26
[FAX] button: OFF/[COPY] button: OFF ([FAX] LED: OFF/[COPY] LED: OFF)
Contents
Digital Highlighted display Normal display
Button Items to check
key
e.g. e.g.
A Bypass unit connection Not connected Connected
B ADU connection Not connected Connected
C - - -
2
D LCF connection Not connected Connected
[1]
E - - -
F - - -
G - - -
H LCF drawer detection switch Drawer not installed Drawer present
A PFP upper drawer detection switch Drawer not installed Drawer present
B - - -
C PFP upper drawer paper stock sensor Paper almost empty Paper present
D PFP upper drawer feed sensor Paper present No paper
[2] E PFP connection Not connected Connected
F PFP side cover open/close switch Cover opened Cover closed
G PFP upper drawer empty sensor No paper Paper present
H PFP upper drawer tray-up sensor Tray at upper limit Other than upper
position limit position
A LCF tray bottom sensor Tray at bottom posi- Other than upper
tion limit position
B LCF standby side paper misload detection sen- Properly loaded Paper misload
sor
C - - -
[3] D - - -
E - - -
F - - -
G - - -
H Paper stock sensor at LCF feed side Paper present No paper
A PFP lower drawer detection switch Drawer not installed Drawer present
B - - -
C PFP lower drawer paper stock sensor Paper almost empty Paper present
D PFP lower drawer feed sensor Paper present No paper
[4] E PFP motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at Abnormal rotation Normal rotation
output mode (03))
F - - -
G PFP lower drawer empty sensor No paper Paper present
H PFP lower drawer tray-up sensor Tray at upper limit Other than upper
position limit position

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 27
Contents
Digital Highlighted display Normal display
Button Items to check
key
e.g. e.g.
A LCF end fence home position sensor Fence home posi- Other than home
tion position
B LCF end fence stop position sensor Fence stop position Other than stop
position
C Empty sensor at LCF standby side No paper Paper present
D LCF side cover open/close switch Cover closed Cover opened
[5]
E LCF motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at Abnormal rotation Normal rotation
output mode (03))
F LCF tray-up sensor Tray at upper limit Other than upper
position limit position
G LCF feed sensor No paper Paper present
H Empty sensor at LCF feed side No paper Paper present
A Lower drawer detection switch Drawer not installed Drawer present
B Upper drawer detection switch Drawer not installed Drawer present
C Lower drawer paper stock sensor Paper almost empty Paper present
D Upper drawer paper stock sensor Paper almost empty Paper present
[6] E Lower drawer empty sensor No paper Paper present
F Upper drawer empty sensor No paper Paper present
G Lower drawer tray-up sensor Tray at upper limit Other than upper
position limit position
H Upper drawer tray-up sensor Tray at upper limit Other than upper
position limit position
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D - - -
[7]
E Side cover open/close switch Cover opened Cover closed
F Front cover opening/closing switch Cover opened Cover closed
G - - -
H Exit sensor Paper present No paper
A Bypass feed paper width sensor 3 Bit 1 Bit 0
(Refer to table1)
B Bypass feed paper width sensor 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
(Refer to table1)
C Bypass feed paper width sensor 1 Bit 1 Bit 0
(Refer to table1)
[8] D Bypass feed paper width sensor 0 Bit 1 Bit 0
(Refer to table1)
E Bypass sensor No paper Paper present
F ADU opening/closing switch ADU opened ADU closed
G ADU exit sensor Paper present No paper
H ADU entrance sensor Paper present No paper

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 28
Contents
Digital Highlighted display Normal display
Button Items to check
key
e.g. e.g.
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -

[9]
D - - - 2
E - - -
F Key copy counter connection Not connected Connected
G - - -
H - - -
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D - - -
[0]
E - - -
F - - -
G - - -
H - - -

Table 1. Relation between the status of the bypass paper width sensor and paper size (width).
Bypass paper width sensor
Paper width size
3 2 1 0
0 1 1 1 A3/LD
1 0 1 1 A4-R/LT-R
1 1 0 1 A5-R/ST-R
1 1 1 0 Card size
0 0 1 1 B4-R/LG
1 0 0 1 B5-R

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 29
[FAX] button: ON/[COPY] button: OFF ([FAX] LED: ON/[COPY] LED: OFF)
Contents
Digital Highlighted display Normal display
Button Items to check
key
e.g. e.g.
A 2nd transfer roller position detection sensor Released Contacted
B Black developer contact timing detection sensor Releasing move- Contacting move-
ment ment
C Black developer contact position detection sen- Released position Contacted position
sor
D Main motor rotation status Abnormal rotation Normal rotation
(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))
[1]
E Developer motor rotation status Abnormal rotation Normal rotation
(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))
F Transport motor rotation status Abnormal rotation Normal rotation
(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))
G Polygonal motor rotation status Abnormal rotation Normal rotation
(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))
H 24V Power supply Power OFF Power ON
A IPC board connection Not connected Connected
B Color toner cartridge sensor Normally Installation fault
C Revolver home position sensor Home position Other than home
position
[2] D - - -
E - - -
F Toner bag full detection sensor Toner bag full Not full
G Black auto-toner sensor connection Not connected Connected
H - - -
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D - - -
[3]
E - - -
F - - -
G Lower drawer feed sensor No paper Paper present
H Upper drawer feed sensor Paper present No paper
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D - - -
[4]
E Bridge unit connection Not connected Connected
F Color auto-toner sensor connection Not connected Connected
G - - -
H - - -

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 30
Contents
Digital Highlighted display Normal display
Button Items to check
key
e.g. e.g.
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D - - - 2
[5] E - - -
F RADF connection RADF connected Not connected
G Platen sensor Platen cove opened Platen cover closed
H Carriage home position sensor Home position Other than home
position
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D APS sensor (APS-R) No original Original present
[6]
E APS sensor (APS-C) No original Original present
F APS sensor (APS-3) No original Original present
G APS sensor (APS-2) No original Original present
H APS sensor (APS-1) No original Original present
A RADF tray sensor Original present No original
B RADF empty sensor Original present No original
C RADF jam access cover sensor Cover opened Cover closed
D RADF open/close sensor RADF opened RADF closed
[7]
E RADF exit sensor Original present No original
F RADF intermediate sensor Original present No original
G RADF read sensor Original present No original
H RADF registration sensor Original present No original
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D - - -
[8]
E RADF original length sensor Original present No original
F RADF original width sensor 1 Original present No original
G RADF original width sensor 2 Original present No original
H - - -
A Black toner cartridge switch Cartridge not Cartridge installed
installed
B - - -
C - - -
D Bypass feed sensor No paper Paper present
[9]
E Registration sensor Paper present No paper
F - - -
G - - -
H Transfer belt home position sensor Home position Other tha home
position

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 31
Contents
Digital Highlighted display Normal display
Button Items to check
key
e.g. e.g.
A Bridge unit transport sensor 2 Paper present No paper
B Bridge unit cover open/close detection switch Cover opened Cover closed
C Bridge unit transport sensor 1 Paper present No paper
D Bridge unit paper full detection sensor Paper not full Paper full
[0] E - - -
F Charger cleaner front position detection switch Cleaner home posi- Other than home
tion position
G Charger cleaner rear position detection switch Cleaner rear posi- Other than rear posi-
tion tion
H - - -

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 32
[FAX] button: OFF/[COPY] button: ON ([FAX] LED: OFF/[COPY] LED: ON)
Contents
Digital Highlighted display Normal display
Button Items to check
key
e.g. e.g.
- Temperature/humidity sensor (displays temper- - Temperature [°C]
[1]
ature inside of the equipment)
- Temperature/humidity sensor (displays humidity - Humidity [%RH]
[2]
inside of the equipment)
2
- Drum thermistor (displays drum surface temper- - Temperature [°C]
[3]
ature)
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D - - -
[4]
E - - -
F - - -
G - - -
H - - -
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D - - -
[5]
E - - -
F - - -
G - - -
H - - -
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D - - -
[6]
E - - -
F - - -
G - - -
H - - -
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D - - -
[7]
E - - -
F - - -
G - - -
H - - -
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D - - -
[8]
E - - -
F - - -
G - - -
H - - -

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 33
Contents
Digital Highlighted display Normal display
Button Items to check
key
e.g. e.g.
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D - - -
[9]
E - - -
F - - -
G - - -
H - - -
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D Dongles for other equipments / Other USB Connectable Not connectable
devices
[0]
E Judgement for acceptable USB storage device Acceptable Not acceptable
(*1)
F - - -
G - - -
H - - -

*1
• Be sure to install the USB storage device to the equipment and check if the device can be used with
this code.
• Be sure to turn OFF the write protection (the function to prevent data from erasure by the accidental
recording or deleting) of the USB storage device before performing the check, otherwise this code
cannot be used.
• It may take some time (2 sec. to 10 sec.) before this check is completed depending on the USB stor-
age device.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 34

05/11
2.2.2 Output check (test mode 03)

Status of the output signals can be checked by entering the following codes in the test mode 03.

<Operation procedure>

Procedure 1
2
ÅðÃÅíà Ѱ»®¿¬·±² ͬ±° Ñ°»®¿¬·±² ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øݱ¼»÷ ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÒ ½±¼» ÑÚÚ øÛ¨·¬÷

Procedure 2

ÅðÃÅíà Ѱ»®¿¬·±² Ì»-¬ ³±¼» ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ


øݱ¼»÷ ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà Ѳ» ¼·®»½¬·±² -¬¿²¼¾§ øÛ¨·¬÷

Procedure 3

ÅðÃÅíà ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
Ñ°»®¿¬·±² Ñ°»®¿¬·±² Ì»-¬ ³±¼» ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øݱ¼»÷ ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÒ ÑÚÚ -¬¿²¼¾§ øÛ¨·¬÷

Procedure 4

ÅðÃÅíÃ
øݱ¼»÷ ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

Code Function Code Function Procedure


101 Main motor ON (Operational without 151 Code No.101 function OFF 1
black developer unit)
102 Toner motor K (normal rotation) ON 152 Code No.102 function OFF 1
103 Polygonal motor (600dpi) ON 153 Code No.103 function OFF 1
108 Registration clutch ON 158 Code No.108 function OFF 1
109 PFP motor ON 159 Code No.109 function OFF 1
110 ADU motor ON 160 Code No.110 function OFF 1
112 Developer motor ON (Operational with 162 Code No.112 function OFF 1
black developer unit)
115 Drum cleaning brush motor ON 165 Code No.115 function OFF 1
116 Transfer belt cleaner auger motor ON 166 Code No.116 function OFF 1
118 Laser ON 168 Code No.118 function OFF 1
120 Exit motor (normal rotation) ON 170 Code No.120 function OFF 1
121 Exit motor (reversal rotation) ON 171 Code No.121 function OFF 1
122 LCF motor ON 172 Code No.122 function OFF 1
123 Transport motor ON 173 Code No.123 function OFF 1
124 Toner motor K (reversal rotation) ON 174 Code No.124 function OFF 1
125 Color auto-toner sensor shutter sole- 175 Code No.125 function OFF 1
noid ON (open)
126 Color auto-toner sensor LED ON 176 Code No.126 function OFF 1

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 35
Code Function Procedure
201 Upper drawer feed clutch ON/OFF 3
202 Lower drawer feed clutch ON/OFF 3
203 Lower transport clutch (high speed) ON/OFF 3
204 Bypass feed clutch ON/OFF 3
205 Lower transport clutch (low speed) ON/OFF 3
206 LCF pickup solenoid ON/OFF 3
207 LCF end fence reciprocating movement 2
208 LCF end fence motor ON/OFF 3
209 LCF feed clutch ON/OFF 3
210 LCF transport clutch ON/OFF 3
218 Key copy counter count up 2
225 PFP transport clutch ON/OFF 3
226 PFP upper drawer feed clutch ON/OFF 3
228 PFP lower drawer feed clutch ON/OFF 3
232 Bridge unit gate solenoid ON/OFF 3
235 Discharge LED ON/OFF 3
241 IH board cooling fan (low speed) ON/OFF 3
242 Upper drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up) 2
243 Lower drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up) 2
248 Developer bias (Black) [+DC] ON/OFF 3
249 Developer bias (Black) [-DC] ON/OFF 3
252 Main charger ON/OFF 3
261 Scan motor ON (Automatically stops at limit position, speed can be changed by using 2
ZOOM button)
264 SLG board cooling fan / Scanner unit cooling fan ON (high/low speed) 1
265 SLG board cooling fan / Scanner unit cooling fan OFF 1
267 Scanner exposure lamp ON/OFF 3
268 Laser unit cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
271 LCF tray-up motor UP/DOWN 2
278 PFP upper drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up) 2
280 PFP lower drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up) 2
281 RADF feed motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) 3
282 RADF feed motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation) 3
283 RADF read motor ON/OFF 3
284 RADF exit/reverse motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) 3
285 RADF exit/reverse motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation) 3
294 RADF reverse solenoid ON/OFF 3
295 Power OFF mode (for 200V series) 4
297 RADF fan motor ON/OFF 3
410 Power supply cooling fan (low speed) ON/OFF 3
411 Power supply cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
412 Internal cooling fan ON/OFF (low speed) 3

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 36

06/08
Code Function Procedure
413 Internal cooling fan ON/OFF (high speed) 3
416 IH board cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
417 Ozone exhaust fan (low speed) ON/OFF 3
418 Ozone exhaust fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
419 Developer bias (Black) [AC] ON/OFF 3
420 Developer bias (Color) [+DC] ON/OFF 3 2
421 Developer bias (Color) [-DC1] ON/OFF 3
422 Developer bias (Color) [AC] ON/OFF 3
424 1st transfer roller bias [+] ON/OFF 3
425 1st transfer roller bias [-] ON/OFF 3
426 2nd transfer roller bias [+] ON/OFF 3
427 2nd transfer roller bias [-] ON/OFF 3
428 Drum cleaning blade bias ON/OFF 3
430 Image quality sensor shutter solenoid ON/OFF 3
431 Color developer drive clutch ON/OFF 3
432 Black developer drive clutch ON/OFF 3
433 Black developer lifting clutch ON/OFF 3
435 2nd transfer roller contact clutch ON/OFF 3
437 Transfer belt cleaner clutch ON/OFF 3
439 Upper transport clutch (high speed) ON/OFF 3
440 Upper transport clutch (low speed) ON/OFF 3
442 Color developer toner supply clutch ON/OFF 3
450 Revolver motor ON/OFF (printing operation) 3
451 Revolver motor operation (at standby position) 2
452 Revolver motor operation (at toner cartridge Y access position) 2
453 Revolver motor operation (at toner cartridge M access position) 2
454 Revolver motor operation (at toner cartridge C access position) 2
455 Revolver motor operation (at developer unit Y access position) 2
456 Revolver motor operation (at developer unit M access position) 2
457 Revolver motor operation (at developer unit C access position) 2
458 Revolver motor operation (at home position) 2
459 Revolver motor operation (at developing position) 2
460 Black developer unit lifting movement ON/OFF (continuous lifting movement) 3
461 Charger cleaner motor movement (one reciprocating movement) 2

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 37
2.2.3 Test print mode (test mode 04)

The embedded test pattern can be printed out by keying in the following codes in the test print mode (04).

<Procedure 1>

ÅðÃÅìÃ
øݱ¼»÷ ÅÍÌßÎÌà Ѱ»®¿¬·±² ÅÝÔÛßÎà ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ݱ²¬·²«±«- øÛ¨·¬÷
Ì»-¬ Ю·²¬·²¹

<Procedure 2>

ÅðÃÅìà øݱ¼»÷ ÅÍÌßÎÌà ݱ´±® ÅÍÌßÎÌà Ѱ»®¿¬·±² ÅÝÔÛßÎà ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ


ÅÐÑÉÛÎà -»´»½¬·±² ݱ²¬·²«±«- øÛ¨·¬÷
ÅÝÔÛßÎà ̻-¬ Ю·²¬·²¹

Notes:
1. When an error occurs, it is indicated on the panel, but the recovery operation is not per-
formed.
Turn OFF the power and then back ON to clear the error.
2. During test printing, the [CLEAR] button is disabled when “Wait adding toner” is displayed.

Code Types of test pattern Remarks Remarks


142 Grid pattern (black) Pattern width: 2 dots, Pitch: 10 mm 1
204 Grid pattern (color) Pattern width: 1 dot, Pitch: 10 mm 2
219 6% test pattern 2
220 8% test pattern 2
231 Secondary scanning direction 33 grada- 3 pixels standard, Width: 10 mm 2
tion steps
237 Halftone 2
250 Test pattern for KCMY secondary scan- For color deviation check 1
ning position adjustment
262 Pattern for jitter evaluation 1 pixel standard, for color deviation cor- 2
(4 lines ON / 4 lines OFF) rection
270 Image quality control test pattern For checking the image quality control 2

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 38

06/08
2.2.4 Adjustment mode (05)

Items in the adjustment mode list in the following pages can be corrected or changed in this adjustment mode
(05). Turn ON the power with pressing the digital keys [0] and [5] simultaneously in order to enter this mode.
When the power should be turned OFF, be sure to shut down the equipment by pressing the [ENERGY SAVER]
button for a few seconds.
Procedure 1
2
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÛÒÌÛÎà ÅÚßÈà ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÅðÃÅëà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÍÌßÎÌà öÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎÃ
øݱ¼»÷ ±® ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øÕ»§ ·² ¿ ª¿´«»÷ Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà ÅÍÌßÎÌà øÛ¨·¬÷
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔà øͬ±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷ øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷

ÅÝÔÛßÎà öЮ»-- ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎà ¬± »²¬»® ³·²«- øó÷ò


øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

Procedure 2

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
ÅðÃÅëÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
øݱ¼»÷
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ø Ê¿´«»
¼·-°´¿§»¼ ÷ ±®
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øÅÚßÈà ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ÷
øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øÊ¿´«» «²½¸¿²¹»¿¾´»÷ øÛ¨·¬÷

Procedure 3

ÅËÐÃ ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ


ÅðÃÅëà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÍÌßÎÌà ±® øÅÚßÈà ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ÷
±® ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ ÅÜÑÉÒà øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà øÛ¨·¬÷
øß¼¶«-¬ ¿ ª¿´«»÷ øͬ±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

Procedure 4

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÛÒÌÛÎà øÅÚßÈÃ
ÅðÃÅëà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ±® ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ øÍ«¾ ½±¼»÷ Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
öÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎà ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ÷
øÕ»§ ·² ¿ ª¿´«»÷ ͬ±®»- ª¿´«» øÛ¨·¬÷
·² ÎßÓ øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷
ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷ ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷
öЮ»-- ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎà ¬± »²¬»® ³·²«- øó÷ò

Procedure 5

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔà ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
ÅðÃÅëà ÅËÐà ÅÛÒÌÛÎà ÅÚßÈà ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÍÌßÎÌà ߫¬±³¿¬·½ ±® ±®
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ¿¼¶«-¬³»²¬ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
øݱ¼»÷ ÅÜÑÉÒà Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà ÅÍÌßÎÌà øÛ¨·¬÷
øß¼¶«-¬ ¿ ª¿´«»÷ ͬ±®»- ª¿´«» øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷
·² ÎßÓ

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 39
Procedure 6

ÅðÃÅëà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ß«¬±³¿¬·½ ÅÚßÈà ÅÝÑÐÇÃ÷ ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃÑÚÚñÑÒ


ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ ¿¼¶«-¬³»²¬ øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷ øÛ¨·¬÷
öÅÝßÒÝÛÔà ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

* When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is


displayed.
* Return to standby screen by pressing the [CANCEL] or [CLEAR]
button.

Procedure 7

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅÛÒÌÛÎà ÅÚßÈÃ
ÅðÃÅëà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ß«¬±³¿¬·½ ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ͬ±®»- ª¿´«»
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ ¿¼¶«-¬³»²¬ ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
·² ÎßÓ
øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷ øÛ¨·¬÷
öÅÝßÒÝÛÔà ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

* When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is


displayed.
* Return to standby screen by pressing the [CANCEL] or [CLEAR] button.

Procedure 10

ÅðÃÅëà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã Ê¿´«» ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ


ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ øÍ«¾ ½±¼»÷ ¼·-°´¿§»¼
øÛ¨·¬÷
ÅÛÒÌÛÎà ±® Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øÊ¿´«» «²½¸¿²¹»¿¾´»÷

Procedure 14

ÅÛÒÌÛÎà ÅÚßÈÃ
ÅðÃÅëà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅËÐà ±® ÅÜÑÉÒà ±® ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ øÍ«¾ ½±¼»÷ øß¼¶«-¬ ¿ ª¿´«»÷ Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÍÌßÎÌà øÛ¨·¬÷
ͬ±®»- ª¿´«» øÌ»-¬ ½±°§÷
·² ÎßÓ
ÅÝÔÛßÎà ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷ øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

Note:
The fuser roller temperature control at the adjustment mode is different from that at the normal
state.
Therefore, the problem of fusing efficiency may be occurred in the test copy at the adjustment
mode.
In that case, turn ON the power normally, leave the equipment for approx. 3 minutes after it has
become ready state and then start up the adjustment mode again.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 40
Test print pattern in Adjustment Mode (05)
Operation:
One test print is printed out when the [FAX] button is pressed after the code is keyed in at Standby
Screen.

Code Types of test pattern Remarks


1 Grid pattern (Black) Refer to 3.4.3 Printer related adjustment
3 Grid pattern (Black/Duplex printing) Refer to 3.4.3 Printer related adjustment 2
4 For gamma adjustment (Color/Black integrated Refer to 3.5.1 Automatic gamma adjustment
pattern)
5 For gamma adjustment (Color) Refer to 3.5.1 Automatic gamma adjustment
6 For gamma adjustment (Black) For checking the gradation reproduction
7 For gamma adjustment (Color) For checking the gradation reproduction
10 For gamma adjustment (Black) Refer to 3.5.1 Automatic gamma adjustment
12 Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation For checking the image of printer section
steps (Y)
13 Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation For checking the image of printer section
steps (M)
14 Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation For checking the image of printer section
steps (C)
15 Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation For checking the image of printer section
steps (K)
47 Gamma adjustment for printer (PS/ 600 x 600 Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment
dpi)
48 Gamma adjustment for printer (PS/ 1,200 x 600 Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment
dpi)
49 Gamma adjustment for printer (PCL/ 600 x 600 Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment
dpi)
50 Gamma adjustment for printer (PCL/ 1,200 x Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment
600 dpi)
51 Gamma checking for printer (PS/ 600 x 600 dpi) For checking the gradation reproduction
52 Gamma checking for printer (PS/ 1,200 x 600 For checking the gradation reproduction
dpi)
55 Grid pattern (Full Color / Thick paper 2) Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration
roller
56 Grid pattern (Full Color / Thick paper 3) Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration
roller
57 Grid pattern (Full Color / OHP) Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration
roller
58 Grid pattern (Black / Thick paper 2) Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration
roller
59 Grid pattern (Black / Thick paper 3) Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration
roller
60 Grid pattern (Black / OHP) Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration
roller
62 For color deviation correction (Full Color) Only for A3/LD size
63 For color deviation correction (Full Color) Only for A3/LD size
64 For color deviation correction (Full Color) Only for A3/LD size
68 For color deviation correction (Full Color) Only for A4/LT size
69 For color deviation correction (Full Color) Only for A4/LT size

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 41
Notes:
1. The digit after the hyphen in “Code” of the following table is a sub code.
2. In “RAM”, the NVRAM of the board in which the data of each code is stored is indicated. “M”
stands for the LGC board and “SYS” stands for the SYS board.

Adjustment mode (05)


Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
200 Develop- Initialization of All ALL - M The value starts chang- 5
ment color auto- (Y,M,C,K) <0-255> ing approx. 3 minutes
201 toner sensor Y ALL - M after this adjustment 5
light amount <0-255> started.
202 correction tar- M ALL - M The value is automati- 5
get value <0-255> cally set during this
adjustment (approx. 2
203 C ALL - M minutes). 5
<0-255> (As the value increases,
204 K ALL - M the sensor output 5
<0-255> increases correspond-
206 YMC ALL - M ingly.) (Chap. 3.2) 5
<0-255>
207 Develop- Initialization of color auto- ALL - M Initializes the color 6
ment toner sensor light amount (color) auto-toner sensor light
correction target value amount correction tar-
get value.
208 Develop- Enforced correction of ALL - M Performs the color 6
ment color auto-toner sensor (color) auto-toner sensor light
light amount amount correction forc-
ibly.
210 Transfer 1st transfer roller bias out- ALL 225 M When the value 3
put adjustment (When not <0-225> decreases, the 1st
transferred) transfer roller bias out-
put increases.
The adjustment value
becomes effective
when the Setting Mode
(08- 541, 549 and 551)
is 0 (invalid).
224 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out- ALL 147 M When the value 3
put adjustment (When <0-187> decreases, the 2nd
cleaning the roller [+] ) transfer roller bias out-
put increases.
225 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out- ALL 229 M When the value 3
put adjustment (When <188- decreases, the 2nd
cleaning the roller [-] ) 255> transfer roller bias out-
put increases.
226 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out- ALL 191 M When the value 3
put adjustment (Paper <188- decreases, the 2nd
interval/When not trans- 255> transfer roller bias out-
ferred) put increases.
227-0 Transfer 2nd transfer Single ALL 159 M When the value 14
roller bias out- side (black) <0-187> decreases, the 2nd
227-1 put adjust- Reverse ALL 134 M transfer roller bias out- 14
ment side at (black) <0-187> put increases.
(Plain paper) duplexing The adjustment value
227-2 Single ALL 147 M becomes effective 14
side (color) <0-187> when the Setting Mode
(08- 544, 549 and 551)
227-3 Reverse ALL 128 M is 0 (invalid). 14
side at (color) <0-187>
duplexing

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 42
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
229-0 Transfer 2nd transfer Single ALL 144 M When the value 14
roller bias out- side (black) <0-187> decreases, the 2nd
229-1 put adjust- Reverse ALL 119 M transfer roller bias out- 14
ment side at (black) <0-187> put increases. 2
(Thick paper duplexing The adjustment value
229-2 1) Single ALL 125 M becomes effective 14
side (color) <0-187> when the Setting Mode
(08-544, 549 and 551)
229-3 Reverse ALL 112 M is 0 (invalid). 14
side at (color) <0-187>
duplexing
230-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out- ALL 153 M When the value 14
put (Thick paper 2) (black) <0-187> decreases, the 2nd
230-1 ALL 150 M transfer roller bias out- 14
(color) <0-187> put increases.
The adjustment value
becomes effective
when the Setting Mode
(08- 544, 549 and 551)
is 0 (invalid).
231-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out- ALL 131 M When the value 14
put (Thick paper 3) (black) <0-187> decreases, the 2nd
231-1 ALL 131 M transfer roller bias out- 14
(color) <0-187> put increases.
The adjustment value
becomes effective
when the Setting Mode
(08- 544, 549 and 551)
is 0 (invalid).
232-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out- ALL 119 M When the value 14
put (OHP film) (black) <0-187> decreases, the 2nd
232-1 ALL 119 M transfer roller bias out- 14
(color) <0-187> put increases.
The adjustment value
becomes effective
when the Setting Mode
(08- 544, 549 and 551)
is 0 (invalid).
234-0 Transfer 2nd transfer Single ALL 5 M Sets the offset amount 4
roller bias off- side (black) <0-10> of 2nd transfer roller
234-1 setting adjust- Reverse ALL 5 M bias. 4
ment side at (black) <0-10> 0: -500V 1: -400V
(Plain paper) duplexing 2: -300V 3: -200V
234-2 Single ALL 5 M 4: -100V 5: 0V 4
side (color) <0-10> 6: +100V 7: +200V
8: +300V 9: +400V
234-3 Reverse ALL 5 M 10: +500V 4
side at (color) <0-10>
duplexing
236-0 Transfer 2nd transfer Single ALL 5 M Sets the offset amount 4
roller bias off- side (black) <0-10> of 2nd transfer roller
236-1 setting adjust- Reverse ALL 5 M bias. 4
ment (Thick side at (black) <0-10> 0: -500V 1: -400V
paper 1) duplexing 2: -300V 3: -200V
236-2 Single ALL 5 M 4: -100V 5: 0V 4
side (color) <0-10> 6: +100V 7: +200V
8: +300V 9: +400V
236-3 Reverse ALL 5 M 10: +500V 4
side at (color) <0-10>
duplexing

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 43
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
237-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off- ALL 5 M Sets the offsetting 4
setting adjustment (black) <0-10> amount of 2nd transfer
237-1 (Thick paper 2) ALL 5 M roller bias. 4
(color) <0-10> 0: -1,000V 1: -800V
238-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off- ALL 5 M 2: -600V 3: -400 V 4
setting adjustment (black) <0-10> 4: -200V 5: 0 V
(Thick paper 3) 6: +200V 7: +400V
238-1 ALL 5 M 8: +600V 9: +800 V 4
(color) <0-10> 10: +1,000V
239-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off- ALL 5 M 4
setting adjustment (black) <0-10>
239-1 (OHP film) ALL 5 M 4
(color) <0-10>
241 Main Main charger Y ALL 78 M As the value increases, 3
charger grid bias <0-255> the transformer output
242 adjustment M ALL 84 M increases. The adjust- 3
<0-255> ment value becomes
243 C ALL 87 M effective only when the 3
<0-255> setting mode (08-549,
551, 556, 557) is 0
244 K ALL 94 M (invalid). 3
<0-255>
245 Transfer 1st transfer roller bias off- ALL 5 M Sets the offsetting 1
setting (black) <0-10> amount of 1st transfer
roller bias.
0: -500 V 1: -400 V
2: -300 V 3: -200 V
4: -100 V 5: 0 V
6: +100 V 7: +200 V
8: +300 V 9: +400 V
10: +500 V
247 Transfer Temperature/humidity sen- ALL 50 M The humidity of the 2
sor Humidity display <0-100> inside of the equipment
is displayed.
[Unit: RH%]
248 Transfer Drum thermistor Tempera- ALL 23 M The ambient tempera- 2
ture displa <0-100> ture of the drum surface
is displayed.
[Unit: °C]
250 Transfer 1st transfer +Low ALL 4000 M Transformer output set- 1
roller bias out- <3600- ting of the 1st transfer
put voltage 4400> roller bias.
When replacing the
251 +High ALL 400 M high-voltage trans- 1
<280- former, the values listed
520> in attached data sheet
are entered.
(Unit: V)
252 Transfer 2nd transfer +Low ALL 6000 M Transformer output set- 1
roller bias out- <5400- ting of the 2nd transfer
put voltage 6600> roller bias (plus output).
When replacing the
253 +High ALL 500 M high-voltage trans- 1
<350- former, the values listed
650> in attached data sheet
are entered.
(Unit: V)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 44
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
254 Transfer 2nd transfer -Low ALL -500 M Transformer output set- 1
roller bias out- <-9999- ting of the 2nd transfer
put voltage 0> roller bias (minus out-
put). 2
255 -High ALL -2000 M When replacing the 1
<-9999- high-voltage trans-
0> former, the values listed
in attached data sheet
are entered.
(Unit: V)
270 Transfer Temperature/humidity sen- ALL 23 M The temperature of the 2
sor Temperature display <0-100> inside of the equipment
is displayed.
[Unit: °C]
275 Transfer 2nd transfer (+) ALL 147 M Displays the value of 2
roller bias <0-255> 2nd transfer roller bias
276 actual value (-) ALL 229 M when printing is oper- 2
(When clean- <0-255> ated.
ing the roller)
277-0 Transfer 2nd transfer Single ALL 159 M Displays the value of 10
roller bias side (black) <0-187> 2nd transfer roller bias
277-1 actual value Reverse ALL 134 M when printing is oper- 10
display (Plain side at (black) <0-187> ated.
paper) duplexing
277-2 Single ALL 147 M 10
side (color) <0-187>
277-3 Reverse ALL 128 M 10
side at (color) <0-187>
duplexing
279-0 Transfer 2nd transfer Single ALL 144 M Displays the value of 10
roller bias side (black) <0-187> 2nd transfer roller bias
279-1 actual value Reverse ALL 119 M when printing is oper- 10
display (Thick side at (black) <0-187> ated.
paper 1) duplexing
279-2 Single ALL 125 M 10
side (color) <0-187>
279-3 Reverse ALL 112 M 10
side at (color) <0-187>
duplexing
281 Transfer 1st transfer roller bias ALL - M The RMS value of the 2
resistance detection con- <0-255> main charger grid bias
trol is displayed..
284 Transfer Transfer belt cleaning unit ALL 141 M When the value 1
contact timing adjustment <88-168> increases, the contact
timing of transfer belt
cleaning unit is delayed.
285 Transfer Transfer belt cleaning unit ALL 121 M When the value 1
release timing adjustment <88-168> increases, the release
timing of transfer belt
cleaning unit is delayed.
290-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off- ALL 153 M Displays the value of 10
setting adjustment (black) <0-187> 2nd transfer roller bias
290-1 (Thick paper 2) ALL 150 M when printing is oper- 10
(color) <0-187> ated.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 45
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
291-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off- ALL 131 M Displays the value of 10
setting adjustment (black) <0-187> 2nd transfer roller bias
291-1 (Thick paper 3) ALL 131 M when printing is oper- 10
(color) <0-187> ated.
292-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off- ALL 119 M Displays the value of 10
setting adjustment (black) <0-187> 2nd transfer roller bias
292-1 (OHP film) ALL 119 M when printing is oper- 10
(color) <0-187> ated.
293-0 Transfer 2nd transfer Plain ALL 85 M Corrects the 2nd trans- 14
roller bias cor- paper <0-255> fer roller bias output of
293-1 rection of Thick ALL 75 M leading/trailing edge of 14
leading/trail- paper 1 <0-255> paper (05-227, 229,
293-2 ing edge of Thick ALL 80 M 230, 231 and 232). 14
paper paper 2 <0-255> Correcting factor: %
293-3 Thick ALL 80 M 14
paper 3 <0-255>
293-4 OHP film ALL 80 M 14
<0-255>
294-0 Transfer Actual value Single ALL 164 M Displays the value of 10
display of 2nd side (black) <0-255> 2nd transfer roller bias
294-1 transfer roller Reverse ALL 142 M on the leading/trailing 10
bias of lead- side at (black) <0-255> edge of paper when
ing/trailing duplexing printing is performed.
294-2 edge of paper Single ALL 153 M (The value corrected in 10
(Plain paper) side (color) <0-255> 05-293 is displayed.)
294-3 Reverse ALL 137 M 10
side at (color) <0-255>
duplexing
296-0 Transfer Actual value Single ALL 155 M 10
display of 2nd side (black) <0-255>
296-1 transfer roller Reverse ALL 136 M 10
bias of lead- side at (black) <0-255>
ing/trailing duplexing
296-2 edge of paper Single ALL 141 M 10
(Thick paper side (color) <0-255>
1)
296-3 Reverse ALL 131 M 10
side at (color) <0-255>
duplexing
297-0 Transfer Actual value display of 2nd ALL 160 M 10
transfer roller bias of lead- (black) <0-255>
297-1 ing/trailing edge of paper ALL 158 M 10
(Thick paper 2) (color) <0-255>
298-0 Transfer Actual value display of 2nd ALL 142 M 10
transfer roller bias of lead- (black) <0-255>
298-1 ing/trailing edge of paper ALL 143 M 10
(Thick paper 3) (color) <0-255>
299-0 Transfer Actual value display of 2nd ALL 133 M Displays the value of 10
transfer roller bias of lead- (black) <0-255> 2nd transfer roller bias
299-1 ing/trailing edge of paper ALL 133 M on the leading/trailing 10
(OHP film) (color) <0-255> edge of paper when
printing is performed.
(The value corrected in
05-293 is displayed.)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 46
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
305 Scanner Image location adjustment ALL 124 SYS When the value 1
of secondary scanning <92-164> increases by “1”, the
direction image shifts by approx.
(scanner section) 0.137 mm toward the 2
trailing edge of the
paper.
306 Scanner Image location adjustment ALL 113 SYS When the value 1
of secondary scanning <0-255> increases by “1”, the
direction image shifts by approx.
(scanner section) 0.0423 mm toward the
front side of the paper.
308 Scanner Distortion mode ALL - - Moves carriages to the 6
adjusting position.
(Chap. 3.4.4)
330-0 Image Image quality Y ALL 3 M Sets the maximum cor- 4
control closed-loop <0-255> rection number of time
330-1 control con- M ALL 3 M of the contrast voltage 4
trast voltage <0-255> in the closed-loop con-
330-2 correction/ C ALL 3 M trol mode 2. 4
Mode 2 maxi- <0-255>
mum number
330-3 of time cor- K ALL 3 M 4
rected <0-255>
331-0 Image Image quality Y ALL 2 M Sets the maximum cor- 4
control closed-loop <0-255> rection number of time
331-1 control laser M ALL 2 M of the laser power in the 4
power correc- <0-255> closed-loop control
331-2 tion/Mode 2 C ALL 2 M mode 2. 4
maximum <0-255>
number of
331-3 time corrected K ALL 2 M 4
<0-255>
332-0 Image Image quality Y ALL 1 M Sets the maximum cor- 4
control closed-loop <0-255> rection number of time
332-1 control con- M ALL 1 M of the contrast voltage 4
trast voltage <0-255> in the closed-loop con-
332-2 correction/ C ALL 1 M trol mode 1. 4
Mode 1 maxi- <0-255>
mum number
332-3 of time cor- K ALL 1 M 4
rected <0-255>
333-0 Image Image quality Y ALL 1 M Sets the maximum cor- 4
control closed-loop <0-255> rection number of time
333-1 control laser M ALL 1 M of the laser power in the 4
power correc- <0-255> closed-loop control
333-2 tion/Mode 1 C ALL 1 M mode 1. 4
maximum <0-255>
number of
333-3 time corrected K ALL 1 M 4
<0-255>
334 Image Main charger grid calibra- ALL 300 M Transformer output cali- 1
control tion voltage 1 (low) <210- bration of the main
390> charger grid bias. When
335 Image Main charger grid calibra- ALL 1000 M replacing the high-volt- 1
control tion voltage 2 (high) <900- age transformer, the
1100> values listed in attached
data sheet are entered.
(Unit: V)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 47
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
338 Image Color developer bias DC ALL 100 M Transformer output cali- 1
control (-) calibration voltage 1 <70-130> bration of the color
(low) developer bias. When
339 Image Color developer bias DC ALL 900 M replacing the high-volt- 1
control (-) calibration voltage 2 <810- age transformer, the
(high) 990> values listed in attached
data sheet are entered.
(Unit: V)
340 Scanner Reproduction ratio adjust- ALL 127 SYS When the value 1
ment of secondary scan- <0-255> increases by “1”, the
ning direction (scanner reproduction ratio in the
section) secondary scanning
direction (vertical to
paper feeding direc-
tion) increases by
approx. 0.223%.
350 Scanner Shading posi- Original ALL 128 SYS 0.1369 mm/step 1
tion adjust- glass <118-
ment 138>
351 RADF ALL 128 SYS 0.1369 mm/step 1
<118-
138>
354 RADF Adjustment of for single- ALL 10 SYS When the value 1
RADF paper sided orig- <0-20> increases by “1”, the
alignment inal aligning amount
355 for double ALL 10 SYS increases by approx. 1
sided orig- <0-20> 0.5 mm.
inal
357 RADF Fine adjustment of RADF ALL 50 SYS When the value 1
transport speed <0-100> increases by “1”, the
reproduction ratio of the
secondary scanning
direction on original (fed
from the RADF)
increases by approx.
0.1%.
358 RADF RADF sideways deviation ALL 128 SYS When the value 1
adjustment <0-255> increases by “1”, the
image of original fed
from the RADF shifts
toward the rear side of
paper by approx.
0.0423 mm.
359 Scanner Carriage position adjust- ALL 128 SYS When the value 1
ment during scanning from (black) <0-255> increases by “1”, the
360 RADF ALL 128 SYS carriage position shifts 1
(color) <0-255> by approx. 0.1 mm
toward the exit side
when using the RADF.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 48

06/08
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
361 Scanner Log table switching for ALL 0 SYS 0: Same log table as 1
RADF copying (color) <0-4> the one used at
copying with original
glass 2
1: Background repro-
duction - Light 2
2: Background repro-
duction - Light 1
3: Background repro-
duction - Dark 1
4: Background repro-
duction - Dark 2
362 ALL 0 SYS 0: Same log table as 1
(black) <0-4> the one used at
copying with original
glass
1: Background repro-
duction - Light 2
2: Background repro-
duction - Light 1
3: Background repro-
duction - Dark 1
4: Background repro-
duction - Dark 2
363 Scanner Data transfer of character- SCN - SYS Transfers the character- 6
istic value of scanner / SYS istic values of the scan-
board SLG board ner (shading correction
factor / RGB color cor-
rection / reproduction
ratio color aberration
correction) from the
NVRAM of the SYS
board to the NVRAM of
the SLG board.
364 Scanner Data transfer of character- SCN - SYS Transfers the character- 6
istic value of scanner / SLG istic values of the scan-
board SYS board ner (shading correction
factor / RGB color cor-
rection / reproduction
ratio color aberration
correction) from the
NVRAM of the SLG
board to the NVRAM of
the SYS board.
365 RADF RADF lead- for single- ALL 50 SYS When the value 1
ing edge posi- sided orig- <0-100> increases by “1”, the
tion 1 inal copied image of original
366 adjustment for double ALL 50 SYS fed from the RADF 1
sided orig- <0-100> shifts toward the trail-
inal ing edge of paper by
approx. 0.1 mm.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 49
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
367 RADF RADF original guide width ALL - - Stores the current width 6
adjustment of RADF original guide
(Minimum) by keying in this code
with the guide set at the
minimum width. Per-
form this adjustment
when the RADF board
or volume is replaced,
or when the code (05-
356) is performed.
368 RADF RADF original guide width ALL - - Stores the current width 6
adjustment of RADF original guide
(Maximum) by keying in this code
with the guide set at the
maximum width. Per-
form this adjustment
when the RADF board
or volume is replaced,
or when the code (05-
356) is performed.
372 Image Black developer bias DC ALL 100 M Transformer output cali- 1
control (-) calibration voltage 1 <70-130> bration of the black
(low) developer bias. When
373 Image Black developer bias DC ALL 900 M replacing the high-volt- 1
control (-) calibration voltage 2 <810- age transformer, the
(high) 990> values listed in attached
data sheet are entered.
(Unit: V)
380-0 Image Image quality Y ALL 320 M Displays the contrast 10
control open-loop <0-999> voltage initial value set
380-1 control/ con- M ALL 330 M by the open-loop con- 10
trast voltage <0-999> trol. (Unit: V)
380-2 initial value C ALL 340 M 10
display <0-999>
380-3 K ALL 375 M 10
<0-999>
381-0 Image Contrast volt- Y ALL 320 M Displays the contrast 10
control age actual <0-999> voltage when printing is
381-1 value display M ALL 330 M operated. (Unit: V) 10
<0-999>
381-2 C ALL 340 M 10
<0-999>
381-3 K ALL 375 M 10
<0-999>
382-0 Image Image quality Y ALL 408 M Displays the laser 10
control open-loop <0-999> power initial value set
382-1 control/ laser M ALL 408 M by the open-loop con- 10
power initial <0-999> trol. (Unit: µW)
382-2 value display C ALL 408 M 10
<0-999>
382-3 K ALL 408 M 10
<0-999>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 50
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
383-0 Image Laser power Y ALL 92 M Displays the laser 10
control actual value <0-255> power when printing is
383-1 display M ALL 92 M operated. (bit value) 10
<0-255> 2
383-2 C ALL 92 M 10
<0-255>
383-3 K ALL 92 M 10
<0-255>
384-0 Image Laser power Y ALL 408 M Displays the laser 10
control actual value <0-999> power when printing is
384-1 display M ALL 408 M operated. (Unit: µW) 10
<0-999>
384-2 C ALL 408 M 10
<0-999>
384-3 K ALL 408 M 10
<0-999>
385-0 Image Main charger Y ALL 78 M Displays the main 10
control grid bias <0-255> charger grid bias when
385-1 actual value M ALL 84 M printing is operated. (bit 10
display <0-255> value)
385-2 C ALL 87 M 10
<0-255>
385-3 K ALL 94 M 10
<0-255>
386-0 Image Developer Y ALL 135 M Displays the developer 10
control bias DC (-) <0-255> bias when printing is
386-1 actual value M ALL 137 M operated. (bit value) 10
display <0-255>
386-2 C ALL 139 M 10
<0-255>
386-3 K ALL 146 M 10
<0-255>
388 Image Output value When the ALL 0 M Displays the output 2
control display of light <0-1023> value of image quality
image quality source is sensor when the sensor
sensor OFF light source is OFF.
389 Transfer ALL 0 M Displays the output 2
belt sur- <0-1023> value of image quality
face sensor (when there is
no test pattern) on the
transfer belt.
390-0 Highden- ALL 0 M Displays the output 10
sity pat- <0-1023> value of image quality
tern Y sensor when a high-
390-1 Highden- ALL 0 M density test pattern is 10
sity pat- <0-1023> written.
tern M The larger the value is,
390-2 Highden- ALL 0 M the smaller the toner 10
sity pat- <0-1023> amount adhered
tern C becomes.
390-3 Highden- ALL 0 M 10
sity pat- <0-1023>
tern K

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 51
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
391-0 Image Output value Lowden- ALL 0 M Displays the output 10
control display of sity pat- <0-1023> value of image quality
image quality tern Y sensor when a low-den-
391-1 sensor Lowden- ALL 0 M sity test pattern is writ- 10
sity pat- <0-1023> ten.
tern M The larger the value is,
391-2 Lowden- ALL 0 M the smaller the toner 10
sity pat- <0-1023> amount adhered
tern C becomes.
391-3 Lowden- ALL 0 M 10
sity pat- <0-1023>
tern K
392 Image Light amount adjustment ALL 0 M The LED light amount 2
control result of image quality sen- <0-255> adjustment value of this
sor sensor is the reference
value to set the
reflected light from the
belt surface.
393 Image Relative humidity display ALL 0 M Displays the relative 2
control during latest closed-loop <0-100> humidity at the latest
control performing of the
closed-loop
control.
394 Image Enforced performing of ALL - - Performs the image 6
control image quality open-loop quality open-loop con-
control trol.
395 Image Enforced performing of ALL - M Performs the image 6
control image quality closed-loop quality closedloop con-
control trol.
396 Image Image quality control initial- ALL - M Performs the image 6
control ization quality control, initialize
each control value.
398-0 Image Target value Y ALL 265 M Sets the target value of 4
control of the high <220- high image density con-
image den- 360> trol at the time of the
398-1 sity control M ALL 300 M image quality control. 4
<220-
360>
398-2 C ALL 320 M 4
<220-
360>
398-3 K ALL 370 M 4
<300-
420>
401 Laser Fine adjustment of polygo- PRT 134 M When the value 1
nal motor rotation speed <0-255> increases by “1”, the
405 (reproduction ratio adjust- PPC 135 M reproduction ratio of pri- 1
ment) <0-255> mary scanning direction
increases by approx.
0.07%. (approx. 0.1
mm/step)
410 Laser Adjustment of primary PPC 128 M When the value 1
scanning laser writing start <0-255> increases by “1”, the
411 position PRT 120 M writing start position 1
<0-255> shifts to the front side
by approx. 0.0423 mm.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 52
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
417-0 Image Color devia- K ALL 128 M When the value 4
tion correc- <118- increases by “1”, the
tion 1 138> image shifts toward the
417-1 (A3/LD) C ALL 128 M trailing edge of the 4 2
<118- paper by 0.0423 mm.
138>
417-2 M ALL 128 M 4
<118-
138>
417-3 Y ALL 128 M 4
<118-
138>
418-0 Image Color devia- K ALL 128 M When the value 4
tion correc- <118- increases by “1”, the
tion 2 138> image shifts toward the
418-1 (A3/LD) C ALL 128 M trailing edge of the 4
<118- paper by 0.0423 mm.
138>
418-2 M ALL 128 M 4
<118-
138>
418-3 Y ALL 128 M 4
<118-
138>
421 Drive Adjustment of secondary PPC/ 127 M When the value 1
scanning direction repro- PRT <0-255> increases by “1”, the
422 duction ratio (fine adjust- FAX 144 M reproduction ratio of 1
ment of main motor speed) <0-255> secondary scanning
direction increases by
approx. 0.04%.
424 Drive Fine adjustment of exit PPC/ JPN: 140 M When the value 1
motor speed PRT Others: increases by “1”, the
128 rotation becomes faster
<0-255> by approx.
425 FAX 128 M 0.05%. 1
<0-255>
426 Drive Adjustment of secondary PPC/ 153 M When the value 1
scanning direction repro- PRT <0-255> increases by “1”, the
427 duction ratio (fine adjust- FAX 128 M reproduction ratio of 1
ment of transport motor <0-255> secondary scanning
speed) direction increases by
approx. 0.04%.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 53

06/10
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
430 Image Top margin adjustment PPC 26 M When the value 1
(blank area at the leading <0-255> increases by “1”, the
edge of the paper)) blank area becomes
431 Image Left margin adjustment PPC 0 M wider by approx. 1
(blank area at the left of the <0-255> 0.0423 mm.
paper along the paper
feeding direction)
432 Image Right margin adjustment PPC 15 M 1
(blank area at the right of <0-255>
the paper along the paper
feeding direction)
433 Image Bottom margin adjustment PPC 43 M 1
(blank area at the trailing <0-255>
edge of the paper)
434-0 Image Bottom margin adjustment PPC/ EUR: 45 M 4
(blank area at the trailing PRT UC: 28
edge of the paper) JPN: 28
/Reverse side at duplexing Others:
45
<0-255>
434-1 Image Right margin adjustment PPC/ 18 M 4
(blank area at the right of PRT <0-255>
the paper along the paper
feeding direction)
/Reverse side at duplexing
435 Image Top margin adjustment PRT 24 M 1
(blank area at the leading <0-255>
edge of the paper)
436 Image Left margin adjustment PRT 0 M When the value 1
(blank area at the left of the <0-255> increases by “1”, the
paper along the paper blank area becomes
feeding direction) wider by approx.
437 Image Right margin adjustment PRT 0 M 0.0423 mm. 1
(blank area at the right of <0-255>
the paper along the paper
feeding direction)
438 Image Bottom margin adjustment PRT 0 M 1
(blank area at the trailing <0-255>
edge of the paper)
439 Image Bottom margin adjustment ALL 128 M When the value 1
(blank area at the trailing <0-255> increases by “1”, the
edge of the paper along margin increases by
the paper feeding direc- approx. 0.2 mm.
tion) when paper size is not
specified at bypass feed
440 Laser Secondary Upper ALL 21 M When the value 1
scanning drawer <0-40> increases by “1”, the
441 laser writing Lower ALL 47 M image shifts toward the 1
start position drawer <0-80> trailing edge of the
442 Bypass ALL 22 M paper by approx. 1
feeding <0-40> 0.2 mm.
443 LCF ALL 20 M 1
<0-40>
444 PFP ALL 20 M 1
<0-40>
445 Duplex ALL 21 M 1
feeding <0-40>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 54
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
448-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 15 M When the value 4
feeding amount size <0-63> increases by “1”, the
448-1 adjustment at Middle ALL 15 M aligning amount 4
the registra- size <0-63> increases by approx. 2
448-2 tion section Short ALL 15 M 0.8 mm. 4
(PFP upper size 1 <0-63> <Paper length>
drawer / Plain Long size:
448-3 paper) Short ALL 15 M 330 mm or longer 4
size 2 <0-63> Middle size:
449-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 15 M 220 mm to 329 mm 4
feeding amount size <0-63> Short size 1:
449-1 adjustment at Middle ALL 15 M 205 mm to 219 mm 4
the registra- size <0-63> Short size 2:
449-2 tion section Short ALL 15 M 204 mm or shorter 4
(PFP lower size 1 <0-63>
drawer / Plain
449-3 paper) Short ALL 15 M 4
size 2 <0-63>
450-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 18 M 4
feeding amount size <0-63>
450-1 adjustment at Middle ALL 18 M 4
the registra- size <0-63>
450-2 tion section Short ALL 18 M 4
(Upper drawer size 1 <0-63>
/ Plain paper)
450-3 Short ALL 18 M 4
size 2 <0-63>
452-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 18 M When the value 4
feeding amount size <0-63> increases by “1”, the
452-1 adjustment at Middle ALL 18 M aligning amount 4
the registra- size <0-63> increases by approx.
452-2 tion section Short ALL 15 M 0.8 mm. 4
(Lower drawer size 1 <0-63> <Paper length>
/ Plain paper) Long size:
452-3 Short ALL 15 M 330 mm or longer 4
size 2 <0-63> Middle size:
220 mm to 329 mm
Short size 1:
205 mm to 219 mm
Short size 2:
204 mm or shorter

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 55
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
455-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 8 M When the value 4
feeding amount size <0-63> increases by “1”, the
455-1 adjustment at Middle ALL 8 M aligning amount 4
the registra- size <0-63> increases by approx.
455-2 tion section Short ALL 12 M 0.8 mm. 4
(Duplex feed- size <0-63> <Paper length>
ing / Plain Long size:
paper) 330 mm or longer
457 Paper Paper aligning amount ALL 15 M Middle size: 1
feeding adjustment at the registra- <0-63> 220 mm to 329 mm
tion section (LCF / Plain Short size:
paper) 219 mm or shorter
458-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 14 M * Postcard is sup- 4
feeding amount size <0-63> ported only for JPN
adjustment at Middle model.
458-1 ALL 14 M 4
the registra- size <0-63>
458-2 tion section Short ALL 14 M 4
(Bypass feed- size <0-63>
ing/Plain
paper)
460-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 16 M 4
feeding amount size <0-63>
460-1 adjustment at Middle ALL 16 M 4
the registra- size <0-63>
460-2 tion section Short ALL 16 M 4
(Bypass feed- size <0-63>
ing/Thick
paper 1)
461-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 17 M 4
feeding amount size <0-63>
461-1 adjustment at Middle ALL 17 M 4
the registra- size <0-63>
461-2 tion section Short ALL 17 M 4
(Bypass feed- size <0-63>
ing/Thick
paper 2)
462-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 17 M 4
feeding amount size <0-63>
462-1 adjustment at Middle ALL 17 M 4
the registra- size <0-63>
462-2 tion section Short ALL 17 M 4
(Bypass feed- size <0-63>
ing/Thick
462-3 paper 3) Post ALL 16 M 4
card <0-63>
463-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 16 M 4
feeding amount size <0-63>
463-1 adjustment at Middle ALL 16 M 4
the registra- size <0-63>
463-2 tion section Short ALL 16 M 4
(Bypass feed- size <0-63>
ing/OHP film)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 56
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
466-0 Paper Adjustment of Plain ALL 143 M When the value 4
feeding paper push- paper <0-255> increases by “1”, the
466-1 ing amount / Post card ALL 170 M driving speed of bypass 4
Bypass feed- <0-255> feed roller increases by 2
466-4 ing Thick ALL 143 M approx. 2 ms when the 4
paper 1 <0-255> paper transport is
started from the regis-
466-5 Thick ALL 143 M tration section. 4
paper 2 <0-255> * Post card is sup-
466-6 Thick ALL 143 M ported only for JPN 4
paper 3 <0-255> model.
466-7 OHP film ALL 143 M 4
<0-255>
467 Paper Adjustment of paper push- ALL 128 M When the value 1
feeding ing amount/Duplex feed- <0-255> increases by “1”, the
ing (short size) driving speed of ADU
transport roller
increases by approx.
2 ms when the paper
transport is started from
the registration section.
468-0 Finisher Fine adjust- A4-R ALL 0 M When the value 4
ment of bind- /LT-R <-14-14> increases by “1”, the
468-1 ing position/ B4 ALL 0 M binding/folding position 4
folding posi- <-14-14> shifts toward the right
468-2 tion A3/LD ALL 0 M page by 0.25 mm. 4
<-14-14>
469-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 18 M When the value 4
feeding amount size <0-63> increases by "1", the
469-1 adjustment at Middle ALL 18 M aligning amount 4
the registra- size <0-63> increases by approx.
469-2 tion section Short ALL 18 M 0.8 mm. 4
(Upper drawer size 1 <0-63> <Paper length>
/ Thick paper Long size:
469-3 1) Short ALL 18 M 330 mm or longer 4
size 2 <0-63> Middle size:
470-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 15 M 220 mm to 329 mm 4
feeding amount size <0-63> Short size 1:
470-1 adjustment at Middle ALL 15 M 205 mm to 219 mm 4
the registra- size <0-63> Short size 2:
470-2 tion section Short ALL 15 M 204 mm or shorter 4
(Lower drawer size 1 <0-63>
/ Thick
470-3 paper 1) Short ALL 15 M 4
size 2 <0-63>
471-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 15 M 4
feeding amount size <0-63>
471-1 adjustment at Middle ALL 15 M 4
the registra- size <0-63>
471-2 tion section Short ALL 15 M 4
(PFP upper size 1 <0-63>
drawer / Thick
471-3 paper 1) Short ALL 15 M 4
size 2 <0-63>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 57
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
472-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 15 M When the value 4
feeding amount size <0-63> increases by "1", the
472-1 adjustment at Middle ALL 15 M aligning amount 4
the registra- size <0-63> increases by approx.
472-2 tion section Short ALL 15 M 0.8 mm. 4
(PFP lower size 1 <0-63> <Paper length>
drawer / Thick Long size:
472-3 paper 1) Short ALL 15 M 330 mm or longer 4
size 2 <0-63> Middle size:
473 Paper Paper aligning amount ALL 15 M 220 mm to 329 mm 1
feeding adjustment at the registra- <0-63> Short size:
tion section (LCF / Thick 219 mm or shorter
paper 1) Short size 1:
474-0 Paper Paper aligning Long ALL 8 M 205 mm to 219 mm 4
feeding amount size <0-63> Short size 2:
474-1 adjustment at Middle ALL 8 M 204 mm or shorter 4
the registra- size <0-63> * Post card is sup-
474-2 tion section Short ALL 12 M ported only for JPN 4
(ADU / Thick size <0-63> model.
paper 1)
475-0 Paper Paper aligning Thick ALL 28 M 4
feeding amount paper 2 <0-63>
adjustment at Long size
475-1 the registra- Thick ALL 28 M 4
tion section paper 2 <0-63>
(Bypass feed- Middle
ing) size
475-2 Thick ALL 28 M 4
paper 2 <0-63>
Short size
475-3 Thick ALL 28 M 4
paper 3 <0-63>
Long size
475-4 Thick ALL 28 M 4
paper 3 <0-63>
Middle
size
475-5 Thick ALL 28 M 4
paper 3 <0-63>
Short size
475-6 OHP film ALL 24 M 4
Long size <0-63>
475-7 OHP film ALL 24 M 4
Middle <0-63>
size
475-8 OHP film ALL 24 M 4
Short size <0-63>
475-9 Post card ALL 28 M 4
<0-63>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 58
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
494 Laser Secondary When ALL 135 M When the value 1
scanning data decelerat- <0-255> increases by “1”, the
laser writing ing to 1/2 image shifts by approx.
495 start position When ALL 135 M 0.2 mm toward the 1 2
decelerat- <0-255> trailing edge of the
ing to 1/3 paper.
496 When ALL 140 M 1
decelerat- <0-255>
ing to 1/4
497-0 Laser Adjustment of Upper ALL 128 M When the value 4
drawer side- drawer <0-255> increases by “1”, the
497-1 ways devia- Lower ALL 128 M image shifts toward the 4
tion drawer <0-255> front side by 0.0423
497-2 PFP upper ALL 128 M mm. 4
drawer <0-255>
497-3 PFP lower ALL 128 M 4
drawer <0-255>
497-4 LCF ALL 128 M 4
<0-255>
497-5 Bypass ALL 128 M 4
feeding <0-255>
498-0 Laser Adjustment of Long size ALL 131 M When the value 4
duplex feed- <0-255> increases by “1”, the
498-1 ing sideways Short size ALL 131 M image shifts toward the 4
deviation (A4/LT or <0-255> front side by 0.0423
smaller) mm.
499 Develop- Black developer unit lift up/ ALL 2 M Change the lift up/down 1
ment down timing adjustment <0-255> timing of the black
developer unit when a
CEB0 error occurs.
(Chap. 3.11.3)
501 Image Density Photo PPC 128 SYS When the value 1
adjustment (black) <0-255> increases, the image of
503 Fine adjust- Text/Photo PPC 128 SYS the center step density 1
ment of “man- (black) <0-255> becomes darker.
504 ual density” Text PPC 128 SYS 1
/Center value (black) <0-255>
505 Image Density Text/Photo PPC 20 SYS Sets the changing 1
adjustment (black) <0-255> amount by 1 step at the
506 Fine adjust- Photo PPC 20 SYS density adjustment. 1
ment of “man- (black) <0-255> When the value
507 ual density” Text PPC 20 SYS increases, the image of 1
/Light step (black) <0-255> the “light” steps
value becomes lighter.
508 Image Density Text/Photo PPC 20 SYS Sets the changing 1
adjustment (black) <0-255> amount by 1 step at the
509 Fine adjust- Photo PPC 20 SYS density adjustment. 1
ment of “man- (black) <0-255> When the value
510 ual density” Text PPC 20 SYS increases, the image of 1
/Dark step (black) <0-255> the “dark” steps
value becomes darker.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 59

06/10
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
512 Image Density Photo PPC 128 SYS When the value 1
adjustment (black) <0-255> increases, the image
514 Fine adjust- Text/Photo PPC 128 SYS becomes darker. 1
ment of “auto- (black) <0-255>
515 matic density” Text PPC 128 SYS 1
(black) <0-255>
532 Image Range correc- Text/Photo PPC 40 SYS When the value 1
tion Back- (black) <0-255> increases, the back-
533 ground peak Photo PPC 16 SYS ground of the image 1
adjustment (black) <0-255> (low density area)
534 Text PPC 40 SYS becomes harder to be 1
(black) <0-255> printed out.
570 Image Range correc- Text/Photo PPC 22 SYS Sets whether the values 1
tion on origi- (black) <11-14, of the background peak
nal manually 21-24, and text peak are fixed
set on the 31-34, or not. One’s place is
original glass 41-44> an adjustment for “auto-
571 Photo PPC 12 SYS matic density” and ten’s 1
(black) <11-14, place is for “manual
21-24, density”. Once they are
31-34, fixed, the range correc-
41-44> tion is performed with
572 Text PPC 22 SYS standard values. The 1
(black) <11-14, values of the back-
21-24, ground peak and text
31-34, peak affect the repro-
41-44> duction of the back-
ground density and text
density respectively.

1: fixed/fixed
2: varied/fixed
3: fixed/varied
4: varied/varied
* Background peak/
Text peak
580 Image Automatic gamma adjust- PPC - - Adjusts the gradation 7
ment (black) reproduction automati-
cally.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 60
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
590-0 Image Adjustment of L PPC 128 SYS When the value 4
gamma bal- (black) <0-255> increases, the density
590-1 ance (Text/ M PPC 128 SYS in the target area 4
Photo) (black) <0-255> becomes higher. 2
590-2 H PPC 128 SYS L : Low density area 4
(black) <0-255> M : Medium density
area
591-0 Image Adjustment of L PPC 128 SYS H : High density area 4
gamma bal- (black) <0-255>
591-1 ance (Text) M PPC 128 SYS 4
(black) <0-255>
591-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(black) <0-255>
592-0 Image Adjustment of L PPC 128 SYS 4
gamma bal- (black) <0-255>
592-1 ance (Photo) M PPC 128 SYS 4
(black) <0-255>
592-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(black) <0-255>
596-0 Image Adjustment of L PRT 128 SYS 4
gamma bal- (black) <0-255>
596-1 ance (PS/ M PRT 128 SYS 4
Smooth) (black) <0-255>
596-2 H PRT 128 SYS 4
(black) <0-255>
597-0 Image Adjustment of L PRT 128 SYS When the value 4
gamma bal- (black) <0-255> increases, the density
597-1 ance M PRT 128 SYS in the target area 4
(PS/Detail) (black) <0-255> becomes higher.
597-2 H PRT 128 SYS L: Low density area 4
(black) <0-255> M: Medium density
area
598-0 Image Adjustment of L PRT 128 SYS H : High density area 4
gamma bal- (black) <0-255>
598-1 ance M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/Smooth) (black) <0-255>
598-2 H PRT 128 SYS 4
(black) <0-255>
599-0 Image Adjustment of L PRT 128 SYS 4
gamma bal- (black) <0-255>
599-1 ance M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/Detail) (black) <0-255>
599-2 H PRT 128 SYS 4
(black) <0-255>
600 Image Background Text/Photo PPC 5 SYS When the value 1
adjustment (black) <1-9> decreases, the back-
601 Text PPC 5 SYS ground becomes 1
(black) <1-9> darker. When the value
602 Photo PPC 5 SYS increases, the back- 1
(black) <1-9> ground becomes
lighter.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 61
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
604 Image Sharpness Text/Photo PPC 0 SYS When the value 1
adjustment (black) <0-31> increases, the image
becomes sharper.
When the value
605 Text PPC 0 SYS decreases, the image 1
(black) <0-31> becomes softer.
The smaller the value
is, the less the moire
606 Photo PPC 0 SYS becomes. 1
(black) <0-31> * The default value 0
is equivalent to 16
(center value).
648 Image Adjustment of Text/Photo PPC 30 SYS Adjustment of the 1
smudged/faint (black) <0-255> smudged/faint text.
text With increasing the
value, the faint text is
suppressed, and with
decreasing it, the
smudged text is sup-
pressed.
654 Image Adjustment of PS PRT 5 SYS When the value 1
smudged/faint (black) <0-9> decreases, the width of
655 text PCL PRT 5 SYS text becomes wider. 1
(black) <0-9>
663 Image Dot size adjustment in PRT 255 SYS Adjusts the dot size of 1
black printing (black) <0-255> primary scanning direc-
tion in black printing.
The smaller the value
is, the dot becomes
smaller.
664 Image Upper limit in PS PRT 176 SYS When the value 1
toner saving (black) <0-255> decreases, the printing
665 mode PCL PRT 176 SYS density becomes 1
(black) <0-255> lighter.
667-0 Image Setting beam Beam PPC 0 M Sets the beam level for 4
level conver- level 0/4 (black) <0-255> 4 divided smoothing.
667-1 sion Beam PPC 63 M The primary scanning 4
level 1/4 (black) <0-255> direction is divided into
667-2 Beam PPC 127 M 4 and the dot width is 4
level 2/4 (black) <0-255> set at the 5 levels (incl.
level “0”). The smaller
667-3 Beam PPC 191 M the value is, the smaller 4
level 3/4 (black) <0-255> the primary scanning
667-4 Beam PPC 255 M direction of the dot 4
level 4/4 (black) <0-255> becomes.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 62
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
693 Image Range correc- Text/Photo PPC 22 SYS Sets whether the values 1
tion on origi- (black) <11-14, of the background peak
nal set on the 21-24, and text peak are fixed
RADF 31-34, or not. One’s place is 2
41-44> an adjustment for “auto-
matic density” and ten’s
place is for “manual
density”. Once they are
694 Photo PPC 12 SYS fixed, the range correc- 1
(black) <11-14, tion is performed with
21-24, standard values.
31-34, The values of the back-
41-44> ground peak and text
peak affect the repro-
duction of the back-
695 Text PPC 22 SYS ground density and text 1
(black) <11-14, density respectively.
21-24, 1: fixed/fixed
31-34, 2: varied/fixed
41-44> 3: fixed/varied
4: varied/varied
* Background peak/
Text peak
700 Image Adjustment of Center FAX 125 SYS When the value 1
binarized value (black) <0-255> increases, the image of
threshold center value density
(Text) becomes darker.
701 Light step FAX 20 SYS Sets the changing 1
value (black) <0-255> amount by 1 step at the
density adjustment.
When the value
increases, the image of
“light” side becomes
lighter.
702 Dark step FAX 20 SYS Sets the changing 1
value (black) <0-255> amount by 1 step at the
density adjustment.
710 Image Density Photo FAX 128 SYS When the value 1
adjustment (black) <0-255> increases, the image of
“manual den- the center step density
714 sity” fine Text/Photo FAX 128 SYS becomes darker. 1
adjustment/ (black) <0-255>
Center value
715 Image Density Photo FAX 20 SYS Sets the changing 1
adjustment (black) <0-255> amount by 1 step at the
“manual den- density adjustment.
719 sity” fine Text/Photo FAX 20 SYS When the value 1
adjustment/ (black) <0-255> increases, the image of
Light step the “light” steps
value becomes lighter.
720 Image Density Photo FAX 20 SYS Sets the changing 1
adjustment (black) <0-255> amount by 1 step at the
724 “manual den- Text/Photo FAX 20 SYS density adjustment. 1
sity” fine (black) <0-255> When the value
adjustment/ increases, the image of
Dark step the “dark” steps
value becomes darker.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 63
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
725 Image Density Photo FAX 128 SYS When the value 1
adjustment (black) <0-255> increases, the image
729 “automatic Text/Photo FAX 128 SYS becomes darker. 1
density” fine (black) <0-255>
adjustment
825 Image Range correc- Text/Photo SCN 12 SYS Sets whether the values 1
tion on origi- (black) <11-14, of the background peak
nal manually 21-24, and text peak are fixed
set on the 31-34, or not. One’s place is
original glass 41-44> an adjustment for “auto-
826 Text SCN 12 SYS matic density” and ten’s 1
(black) <11-14, place is for “manual
21-24, density”. Once they are
31-34, fixed, the range correc-
41-44> tion is performed with
827 Photo SCN 12 SYS standard values. The 1
(black) <11-14, values of the back-
21-24, ground peak and text
31-34, peak affect the repro-
41-44> duction of the back-
ground density and text
828 Gray scale SCN 12 SYS density respectively. 1
(black) <11-14, 1: fixed/fixed
21-24, 2: varied/fixed
31-34, 3: fixed/varied
41-44> 4: varied/varied
* Background peak/
Text peak
830 Image Range correc- Text/Photo SCN 12 SYS Sets whether the values 1
tion on origi- (black) <11-14, of the background peak
nal set on the 21-24, and text peak are fixed
RADF 31-34, or not. One’s place is
41-44> an adjustment for “auto-
831 Text SCN 12 SYS matic density” and ten’s 1
(black) <11-14, place is for “manual
21-24, density”. Once they are
31-34, fixed, the range correc-
41-44> tion is performed with
832 Photo SCN 12 SYS standard values. 1
(black) <11-14, The values of the back-
21-24, ground peak and text
31-34, peak affect the repro-
41-44> duction of the back-
ground density and text
833 Gray scale SCN 12 SYS density respectively. 1
(black) <11-14, 1: fixed/fixed
21-24, 2: varied/fixed
31-34, 3: fixed/varied
41-44> 4: varied/varied
* Background peak/
Text peak
835 Image Range correc- Text/Photo SCN 56 SYS When the value 1
tion Back- (black) <0-255> increases, the back-
836 ground peak Text SCN 48 SYS ground of the image 1
adjustment (black) <0-255> (low density area)
837 Photo SCN 16 SYS becomes harder to be 1
(black) <0-255> printed out.
838 Gray scale SCN 32 SYS 1
(black) <0-255>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 64
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
840 Image Sharpness Text/Photo SCN 0 SYS When the value 1
adjustment (black) <0-31> increases, the image
becomes sharper.
841 Text SCN 0 SYS When the value 1 2
(black) <0-31> decreases, the image
becomes softer.
842 Photo SCN 0 SYS The smaller the value 1
(black) <0-31> is, the less the moire
becomes.
* The default value 0
843 Gray scale SCN 0 SYS is equivalent to 16 1
(black) <0-31> (center value).

845 Image Density Text/Photo SCN 128 SYS When the value 1
adjustment (black) <0-255> increases, the image
846 “manual den- Text SCN 128 SYS becomes darker. 1
sity” fine (black) <0-255>
847 adjustment/ Photo SCN 128 SYS 1
Center value (black) <0-255>
848 Image Fine adjustment of back- SCN 128 SYS When the value 1
ground / Center value (black) <0-255> increases, the back-
ground becomes
darker.
850 Image Density Text/Photo SCN 20 SYS When the value 1
adjustment (black) <0-255> increases, the image of
851 “manual den- Text SCN 20 SYS the “light” steps 1
sity” fine (black) <0-255> becomes lighter.
852 adjustment/ Photo SCN 20 SYS 1
Light step (black) <0-255>
value
853 Image Fine adjustment of back- SCN 50 SYS Sets the changing 1
ground / Light step value (black) <0-255> amount by 1 step at
(Image smoothing) background adjust-
ment. When the value
increases, the back-
ground of the “light”
steps becomes lighter.
855 Image Density Text/Photo SCN 20 SYS When the value 1
adjustment (black) <0-255> increases, the image of
856 “manual den- Text SCN 20 SYS the “dark” steps 1
sity” fine (black) <0-255> becomes darker.
857 adjustment/ Photo SCN 20 SYS 1
Dark step (black) <0-255>
value
858 Image Fine adjustment of back- SCN 50 SYS Sets the changing 1
ground / Dark step value (black) <0-255> amount by 1 step at
(Image smoothing) background adjust-
ment. When the value
increases, the back-
ground of the “dark”
steps becomes darker.
860 Image Density Text/Photo SCN 128 SYS When the value 1
adjustment (black) <0-255> increases, the image
861 “automatic Text SCN 128 SYS becomes darker. 1
density” fine (black) <0-255>
862 adjustment Photo SCN 128 SYS 1
(black) <0-255>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 65
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
880-0 Image Adjustment of L SCN 128 SYS When the value 4
gamma bal- (black) <0-255> increases, the density
880-1 ance (Text/ M SCN 128 SYS in the target area 4
Photo) (black) <0-255> becomes higher.
880-2 H SCN 128 SYS L: Low density area 4
(black) <0-255> M: Medium density area
H: High density area
881-0 Image Adjustment of L SCN 128 SYS 4
gamma bal- (black) <0-255>
881-1 ance (Text) M SCN 128 SYS 4
(black) <0-255>
881-2 H SCN 128 SYS 4
(black) <0-255>
882-0 Image Adjustment of L SCN 128 SYS 4
gamma bal- (black) <0-255>
882-1 ance (Photo) M SCN 128 SYS 4
(black) <0-255>
882-2 H SCN 128 SYS 4
(black) <0-255>
883-0 Image Adjustment of L SCN 128 SYS 4
gamma bal- (black) <0-255>
883-1 ance (Gray M SCN 128 SYS 4
scale) (black) <0-255>
883-2 H SCN 128 SYS 4
(black) <0-255>
884 Image Reproduction ratio fine SCN 128 SYS When the value 1
adjustment of primary (black) <0-255> increases by “1”, the
scanning direction reproduction ratio of pri-
mary scanning direction
increases by approx.
0.1%.
Effective with the reso-
lution other than 600
dpi.
953-0 Image Color devia- K ALL 128 M When the value 4
tion correc- <118- increases by "1", the
tion 3 138> image shifts toward the
953-1 (A4/LT) C ALL 128 M trailing edge of the 4
<118- paper by 0.0423 mm.
138>
953-2 M ALL 128 M 4
<118-
138>
953-3 Y ALL 128 M 4
<118-
138>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 66
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
954-0 Image Color devia- K ALL 128 M When the value 4
tion correc- <118- increases by "1", the
tion 4 138> image shifts toward the
954-1 (A4/LT) C ALL 128 M trailing edge of the 4 2
<118- paper by 0.0423 mm.
138>
954-2 M ALL 128 M 4
<118-
138>
954-3 Y ALL 128 M 4
<118-
138>
955-0 Image Color devia- K ALL 128 M When the value 4
tion correc- <118- increases by "1", the
tion 5 138> image shifts toward the
955-1 (A4/LT) C ALL 128 M trailing edge of the 4
<118- paper by 0.0423 mm.
138>
955-2 M ALL 128 M 4
<118-
138>
955-3 Y ALL 128 M 4
<118-
138>
956-0 Image Color devia- K ALL 128 M When the value 4
tion correc- <118- increases by "1", the
tion 6 138> image shifts toward the
956-1 (A4/LT) C ALL 128 M trailing edge of the 4
<118- paper by 0.0423 mm.
138>
956-2 M ALL 128 M 4
<118-
138>
956-3 Y ALL 128 M 4
<118-
138>
976 Mainte- Equipment number (serial ALL - SYS When this adjustment is 1
nance number) display performed with this
code, the setting code
(08-995) is also per-
formed automatically.
(10 digits)
1000 Image Automatic PS/ PRT - SYS Adjusts the gradation 7
gamma 600x600 (color) reproduction for each
adjustment dpi color, Y, M, C and K.
1001 PS/ PRT - SYS 7
1200x600 (color)
dpi
1002 PCL/ PRT - SYS 7
600x600 (color)
dpi
1003 PCL/ PRT - SYS 7
1200x600 (color)
dpi

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 67
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1010-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS The target color, mode 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255> and density area
1010-1 ment for “Y” M PRT 128 SYS become darker as the 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255> value increases.
1010-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS L: Low density area 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255> M: Medium density
area
1011-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS H: High density area 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1011-1 ment for “M” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255>
1011-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255>
1012-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1012-1 ment for “C” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255>
1012-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255>
1013-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1013-1 ment for “K” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255>
1013-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255>
1014-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1014-1 ment for “Y” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255>
1014-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1015-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1015-1 ment for “M” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255>
1015-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1016-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1016-1 ment for “C” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255>
1016-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1017-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1017-1 ment for “K” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255>
1017-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1018-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1018-1 ment for “Y” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255>
1018-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 68
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1019-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS The target color, mode 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255> and density area
1019-1 ment for “M” M PRT 128 SYS become darker as the 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255> value increases. 2
1019-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS L: Low density area 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255> M: Medium density
area
1020-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS H: High density area 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1020-1 ment for “C” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255>
1020-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255>
1021-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1021-1 ment for “K” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255>
1021-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255>
1022-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1022-1 ment for “Y” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255>
1022-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1023-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1023-1 ment for “M” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255>
1023-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1024-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1024-1 ment for “C” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255>
1024-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1025-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1025-1 ment for “K” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PS/ (color) <0-255>
1025-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1026-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1026-1 ment for “Y” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255>
1026-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255>
1027-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1027-1 ment for “M” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255>
1027-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 69
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1028-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS The target color, mode 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255> and density area
1028-1 ment for “C” M PRT 128 SYS become darker as the 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255> value increases.
1028-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS L: Low density area 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255> M: Medium density
area
1029-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS H: High density area 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1029-1 ment for “K” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255>
1029-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255>
1030-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1030-1 ment for “Y” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255>
1030-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1031-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1031-1 ment for “M” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255>
1031-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1032-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1032-1 ment for “C” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255>
1032-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1033-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1033-1 ment for “K” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255>
1033-2 600x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1034-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1034-1 ment for “Y” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255>
1034-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255>
1035-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1035-1 ment for “M” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255>
1035-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255>
1036-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1036-1 ment for “C” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255>
1036-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 70
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1037-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS The target color, mode 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255> and density area
1037-1 ment for “K” M PRT 128 SYS become darker as the 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255> value increases. 2
1037-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS L: Low density area 4
Smooth) (color) <0-255> M: Medium density
area
1038-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS H: High density area 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1038-1 ment for “Y” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255>
1038-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1039-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1039-1 ment for “M” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255>
1039-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1040-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1040-1 ment for “C” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255>
1040-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1041-0 Image Color bal- L PRT 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1041-1 ment for “K” M PRT 128 SYS 4
(PCL/ (color) <0-255>
1041-2 1200x600dpi/ H PRT 128 SYS 4
Detail) (color) <0-255>
1046-0 Image Adjustment of PS PRT 255 SYS When the value 4
maximum (color) <0-255> decreases, the image
1046-1 toner amount PCL PRT 255 SYS becomes lighter. 4
(Plain paper) (color) <0-255> Note:
Note:
1047-0 Image Adjustment of PS PRT 255 SYS When the value 4
maximum (color) <0-255> increases, the
1047-1 toner amount PCL PRT 255 SYS image offsetting 4
(Thick paper (color) <0-255> may occur.
1)
1048-0 Image Adjustment of PS PRT 255 SYS 4
maximum (color) <0-255>
1048-1 toner amount PCL PRT 255 SYS 4
(Thick paper (color) <0-255>
2)
1049-0 Image Adjustment of PS PRT 255 SYS 4
maximum (color) <0-255>
1049-1 toner amount PCL PRT 255 SYS 4
(Thick paper (color) <0-255>
3)
1050-0 Image Adjustment of PS PRT 200 SYS 4
maximum (color) <0-255>
1050-1 toner amount PCL PRT 200 SYS 4
(OHP film) (color) <0-255>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 71
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1055 Image Upper limit in toner saving PRT 176 SYS When the value 1
mode (color) <0-255> decreases, the printing
1056 PRT 176 SYS density becomes 1
(color) <0-255> lighter.
1057 PRT 176 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1058 PRT 176 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1060 Image Reproduction ratio fine SCN 128 SYS When the value 1
adjustment of primary (color) <0-255> increases by “1”, the
scanning direction reproduction ratio of pri-
mary scanning direction
increases by approx.
0.1%.
Effective with the reso-
lution other than 600
dpi.
1065 Image Judgment threshold for SCN 70 SYS When the value 1
ACS (color) <0-255> increases, originals
1066 Image Judgment threshold for SCN 70 SYS tend to be judged as 1
ACS on original set on the (color) <0-255> monochrome, and
RADF when the value
decreases, they tend to
be judged as color in
autocolor mode.
1070 Image Fine adjust- Text SCN 0 SYS Adjusts the level of 1
ment of back- (color) <0-50> background. When the
1071 ground Printed SCN 0 SYS value increases, the 1
image (color) <0-50> background becomes
1072 Photo SCN 0 SYS more brightened. 1
(color) <0-50>
1075 Image Fine adjust- Text SCN 0 SYS Adjusts the black den- 1
ment of black (color) <0-4> sity of the scanned
1076 density Printed SCN 0 SYS image. When the value 1
image (color) <0-4> increases, the black
1077 Photo SCN 0 SYS density becomes 1
(color) <0-4> darker.
1080 Image RGB conver- Text SCN 0 SYS Sets the color space 1
sion method (color) <0-3> format of the output
1081 selection Printed SCN 0 SYS image. 1
image (color) <0-3> 0: sRGB
1082 Photo SCN 0 SYS 1: AppleRGB 1
(color) <0-3> 2: ROMMRGB
3: AdobeRGB
1086 Image Sharpness Text SCN 0 SYS When the value 1
adjustment (color) <0-31> increases, the image
1087 Printed SCN 0 SYS becomes sharper. 1
image (color) <0-31> When the value
1088 Photo SCN 0 SYS decreases, the image 1
(color) <0-31> becomes softer.
The smaller the value
is, the less the moire
becomes.
* The default value 0
is equivalent to 16
(center value).

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 72
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1550 Image Density Text/Photo PPC 128 SYS When the value 1
adjustment (color) <0-255> increases, the image
1551 “manual den- Text PPC 128 SYS becomes darker. 1
sity” fine (color) <0-255> 2
1552 adjustment/ Printed PPC 128 SYS 1
Center value image (color) <0-255>
1553 Photo PPC 128 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1554 Map PPC 128 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1560 Image Density Text/Photo PPC 20 SYS Sets the changing 1
adjustment (color) <0-255> amount by 1 step at the
1561 “manual den- Text PPC 20 SYS density adjustment. 1
sity” fine (color) <0-255> When the value
1562 adjustment/ Printed PPC 20 SYS increases, the image of 1
Dark step image (color) <0-255> the “dark” steps
value becomes darker.
1563 Photo PPC 20 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1564 Map PPC 20 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1570 Image Density Text/Photo PPC 20 SYS Sets the changing 1
adjustment (color) <0-255> amount by 1 step at the
1571 “manual den- Text PPC 20 SYS density adjustment. 1
sity” fine (color) <0-255> When the value
1572 adjustment/ Printed PPC 20 SYS increases, the image of 1
Light step image (color) <0-255> the “light” steps
value becomes lighter.
1573 Photo PPC 20 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1574 Map PPC 20 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1580 Image Density Text/Photo PPC 128 SYS When the value 1
adjustment (color) <0-255> increases, the image
1581 “automatic Text PPC 128 SYS becomes darker. 1
density” fine (color) <0-255>
1582 adjustment Printed PPC 128 SYS 1
image (color) <0-255>
1583 Photo PPC 128 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1584 Map PPC 128 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1612 Image Adjustment of Plain PPC 255 SYS When the value 1
maximum paper (color) <0-255> decreases, the image
1613 toner amount Thick PPC 249 SYS becomes lighter. 1
paper 1 (color) <0-255> Note:
Note:
1614 Thick PPC 237 SYS When the value 1
paper 2 (color) <0-255> increases,
1615 Thick PPC 237 SYS image offsetting 1
paper 3 (color) <0-255> may occur.
1616 OHP film PPC 249 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 73
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1630 Image Maximum text Y PPC 5 SYS When the value 1
density (color) <0-10> increases by “1”, the
1631 adjustment M PPC 5 SYS maximum text density 1
(color) <0-10> of each color becomes
1632 C PPC 5 SYS darker. 1
(color) <0-10>
1633 K PPC 5 SYS 1
(color) <0-10>
1642 Image Automatic Color/ PPC - SYS Automatic adjustment 7
gamma Black of gradation reproduc-
adjustment tion in the Full Color
Mode (each color of Y,
M, C and K) and Black
Mode.
1643 Color PPC - SYS Automatic adjustment 7
of gradation reproduc-
tion in the Full Color
Mode (each color of Y,
M, C and K).
1675 Image Judgment threshold for PPC 70 SYS When the value 1
ACS (color) <0-255> increases, originals
tend to be judged as
black, and when the
1676 Image Judgment threshold for PPC 70 SYS value decreases, they 1
ACS on original set on the (color) <0-255> tend to be judged as
RADF color in auto-color
mode.
1688 Image Automatic off- Text/Photo PPC 128 SYS When the value 1
setting adjust- (color) <0-255> increases, the back-
1689 ment for Text PPC 128 SYS ground becomes 1
background (color) <0-255> darker.
1690 processing Printed PPC 128 SYS 1
(background image (color) <0-255>
density)
1691 Photo PPC 128 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1692 Map PPC 128 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1693 Image Automatic off- Text/Photo PPC 128 SYS When the value 1
setting adjust- (color) <0-255> increases, the text
1694 ment for Text PPC 128 SYS becomes darker. 1
background (color) <0-255>
1695 processing Printed PPC 128 SYS 1
(text density) image (color) <0-255>
1696 Photo PPC 128 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1697 Map PPC 128 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 74
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1698 Image Manual offset- Text/Photo PPC 128 SYS When the value 1
ting adjust- (color) <0-255> increases, the back-
1699 ment for Text PPC 128 SYS ground becomes 1
background (color) <0-255> darker. 2
1700 processing Printed PPC 128 SYS 1
(background image (color) <0-255>
density)
1701 Photo PPC 128 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1702 Map PPC 128 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1708 Image Manual offset- Text/Photo PPC 128 SYS When the value 1
ting adjust- (color) <0-255> increases, the text
1709 ment for Text PPC 128 SYS becomes darker. 1
background (color) <0-255>
1710 processing Printed PPC 128 SYS 1
(text density) image (color) <0-255>
1711 Photo PPC 128 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1712 Map PPC 128 SYS 1
(color) <0-255>
1725 Image Text/Photo reproduction PPC 0 SYS 0: Default 1
level adjustment (color) <0-5> 1: Photo oriented 2
(The printed image
reproduction level
higher than that of
the Photo oriented
1)
2: Photo oriented 1
(The printed image
reproduction level
higher than that of
the Default)
3: Equivalent to the
Default
4: Text oriented 1 (The
text reproduction
level higher than
that of the Default)
5: Text oriented 2 (The
text reproduction
level higher than
that of the Text ori-
ented 1)
1737 Image Sharpness Text/Photo PPC 0 SYS When the value 1
adjustment / (color) <0-31> increases, the image
1738 Full Color Text PPC 0 SYS becomes sharper. 1
Mode (color) <0-31> When the value
1739 Printed PPC 0 SYS decreases, the image 1
image (color) <0-31> becomes softer.
The smaller the value
1740 Photo PPC 0 SYS is, the less the moire 1
(color) <0-31> becomes.
1741 Map PPC 0 SYS * The default value 0 1
(color) <0-31> is equivalent to 16
(center value).

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 75
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1757 Image Sharpness adjustment / PPC EUR: 0 SYS When the value 1
Auto Color Mode (Text/ (color) UC: 0 increases, the image
Photo) JAPN: 22 becomes sharper.
<0-31> When the value
decreases, the image
becomes softer. The
smaller the value is, the
less the moire
becomes.
* The default value 0
is equivalent to
16(center value).
1761 Image Black reproduction switch- PPC 0 SYS 0: Default 1
ing (color) <0-1> 1: Black reproduction
oriented
1769 Image Setting for Vivid PPC 0 SYS Sets the reproduction 1
highlighter (color) <0-2> mode for highlighter for
1770 Clear PPC 0 SYS four types of one touch 1
(color) <0-2> adjustment.
1771 Warm PPC 0 SYS 0: Default 1
(color) <0-2> 1: Highlighter 1
2: Highlighter 2
1772 Cool PPC 0 SYS 1
(color) <0-2>
1779-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS The target color, mode 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255> and density area
1779-1 ment for “Y” M PPC 128 SYS become darker as the 4
(Text/Photo) (color) <0-255> value increases.
1779-2 H PPC 128 SYS L: Low density area 4
(color) <0-255> M: Medium density
area
1780-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS H: High density area 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1780-1 ment for “Y” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Text) (color) <0-255>
1780-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1781-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1781-1 ment for “Y” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Printed (color) <0-255>
1781-2 image) H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1782-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1782-1 ment for “Y” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Photo) (color) <0-255>
1782-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1783-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1783-1 ment for “Y” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Map) (color) <0-255>
1783-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 76
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1784-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS The target color, mode 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255> and density area
1784-1 ment for “M” M PPC 128 SYS become darker as the 4
(Text/Photo) (color) <0-255> value increases. 2
1784-2 H PPC 128 SYS L: Low density area 4
(color) <0-255> M: Medium density
area
1785-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS H: High density area 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1785-1 ment for “M” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Text) (color) <0-255>
1785-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1786-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1786-1 ment for “M” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Printed (color) <0-255>
1786-2 image) H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1787-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1787-1 ment for “M” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Photo) (color) <0-255>
1787-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1788-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1788-1 ment for “M” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Map) (color) <0-255>
1788-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1789-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1789-1 ment for “C” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Text/Photo) (color) <0-255>
1789-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1790-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1790-1 ment for “C” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Text) (color) <0-255>
1790-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1791-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1791-1 ment for “C” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Printed (color) <0-255>
1791-2 image) H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1792-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1792-1 ment for “C” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Photo) (color) <0-255>
1792-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 77
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1793-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS The target color, mode 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255> and density area
1793-1 ment for “C” M PPC 128 SYS become darker as the 4
(Map) (color) <0-255> value increases.
1793-2 H PPC 128 SYS L: Low density area 4
(color) <0-255> M: Medium density
area
1794-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS H: High density area 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1794-1 ment for “K” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Text/Photo) (color) <0-255>
1794-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1795-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1795-1 ment for “K” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Text) (color) <0-255>
1795-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1796-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1796-1 ment for “K” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Printed (color) <0-255>
1796-2 image) H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1797-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1797-1 ment for “K” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Photo) (color) <0-255>
1797-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1798-0 Image Color bal- L PPC 128 SYS 4
ance adjust- (color) <0-255>
1798-1 ment for “K” M PPC 128 SYS 4
(Map) (color) <0-255>
1798-2 H PPC 128 SYS 4
(color) <0-255>
1800-0 Image Upper limit Y ALL 650 M Sets the upper limit 4
control value of con- <0-999> value of the contrast
1800-1 trast voltage M ALL 650 M voltage at the image 4
<0-999> quality control. (Unit: V)
1800-2 C ALL 650 M 4
<0-999>
1800-3 K ALL 600 M 4
<0-999>
1801-0 Image Lower limit Y ALL 120 M Sets the lower limit 4
control value of con- <0-999> value of the contrast
1801-1 trast voltage M ALL 120 M voltage at the image 4
<0-999> quality control. (Unit: V)
1801-2 C ALL 120 M 4
<0-999>
1801-3 K ALL 120 M 4
<0-999>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 78
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1802-0 Image Upper limit Y ALL 800 M Sets the upper limit 4
control value of laser <0-999> value of the laser power
1802-1 power M ALL 800 M at the image quality 4
<0-999> control. (Unit: µW) 2
1802-2 C ALL 800 M 4
<0-999>
1802-3 K ALL 800 M 4
<0-999>
1803-0 Image Lower limit Y ALL 350 M Sets the lower limit 4
control value of laser <0-999> value of the laser power
1803-1 power M ALL 350 M at the image quality 4
<0-999> control. (Unit: µW)
1803-2 C ALL 350 M 4
<0-999>
1803-3 K ALL 350 M 4
<0-999>
1804-0 Image Background Y ALL 125 M Displays the back- 10
control voltage actual <0-999> ground voltage when
1804-1 value display M ALL 125 M printing is operated. 10
<0-999> (Unit: V)
1804-2 C ALL 125 M 10
<0-999>
1804-3 K ALL 125 M 10
<0-999>
1805-0 Image Drum surface Y ALL 979 M Displays the slope fac- 10
control potential char- <0-999> tor of the approximate
1805-1 acteristic/ M ALL 979 M expression of the drum 10
slope factor <0-999> surface potential to the
1805-2 display C ALL 979 M main charger grid volt- 10
<0-999> age at the open-loop
control.
1805-3 K ALL 990 M 10
<0-999>
1806-0 Image Drum surface Y ALL -6 M Displays the offset fac- 10
control potential char- <-999- tor of the approximate
acteristic/off- 999> expression of the drum
1806-1 set factor M ALL -6 M surface potential to the 10
display <-999- main charger grid volt-
999> age at the open-loop
1806-2 C ALL -6 M control. 10
<-999-
999>
1806-3 K ALL -4 M 10
<-999-
999>
1807-0 Image Drum expo- Y ALL 58 M Displays the slope fac- 10
control sure voltage <0-999> tor of the approximate
1807-1 characteristic/ M ALL 58 M expression of the drum 10
slope factor <0-999> exposure voltage to the
1807-2 display (main C ALL 58 M main charger grid volt- 10
charger grid <0-999> age at the open-loop
low voltage control.
1807-3 area) K ALL 60 M 10
<0-999>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 79
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1808-0 Image Drum expo- Y ALL 35 M Displays the offset fac- 10
control sure voltage <-999- tor of the approximate
characteristic/ 999> expression of the drum
1808-1 offset factor M ALL 35 M exposure voltage to the 10
display (main <-999- main charger grid volt-
charger grid 999> age at the open-loop
1808-2 low voltage C ALL 35 M control. 10
area) <-999-
999>
1808-3 K ALL 42 M 10
<-999-
999>
1809-0 Image Drum expo- Y ALL 49 M Displays the slope fac- 10
control sure voltage <0-999> tor of the approximate
1809-1 characteristic/ M ALL 49 M expression of the drum 10
slope factor <0-999> exposure voltage to the
1809-2 display (main C ALL 49 M main charger grid volt- 10
charger grid <0-999> age at the open-loop
high voltage control.
1809-3 area) K ALL 53 M 10
<0-999>
1810-0 Image Drum expo- Y ALL 41 M Displays the offset fac- 10
control sure voltage <-999- tor of the approximate
characteristic/ 999> expression of the drum
1810-1 offset factor M ALL 41 M exposure voltage to the 10
display (main <-999- main charger grid volt-
charger grid 999> age at the open-loop
1810-2 high voltage C ALL 41 M control. 10
area) <-999-
999>
1810-3 K ALL 47 M 10
<-999-
999>
1811-0 Image Contrast volt- Y ALL 500 M Displays the upper limit 10
control age/upper <0-999> value of the contrast
1811-1 limit actual M ALL 500 M voltage when printing is 10
value display <0-999> operated. (Unit: V)
1811-2 C ALL 500 M 10
<0-999>
1811-3 K ALL 600 M 10
<0-999>
1812-0 Image Contrast volt- Y ALL 120 M Displays the lower limit 10
control age/lower limit <0-999> value of the contrast
1812-1 actual value M ALL 120 M voltage when printing is 10
display <0-999> operated. (Unit: V)
1812-2 C ALL 120 M 10
<0-999>
1812-3 K ALL 120 M 10
<0-999>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 80
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1813-0 Image Display of Y ALL 170 M Displays the upper limit 10
control background <0-999> value of the background
1813-1 voltage/upper M ALL 170 M voltage when printing is 10
limit actual <0-999> operated. (Unit: V) 2
1813-2 value C ALL 170 M 10
<0-999>
1813-3 K ALL 170 M 10
<0-999>
1814-0 Image Background Y ALL 80 M Displays the lower limit 10
control voltage/lower <0-999> value of the background
1814-1 limit actual M ALL 80 M voltage when printing is 10
value display <0-999> operated. (Unit: V)
1814-2 C ALL 80 M 10
<0-999>
1814-3 K ALL 80 M 10
<0-999>
1815-0 Image Contrast volt- Y ALL 0 M Displays the actual 10
control age/correc- <0-255> number of time the con-
1815-1 tion number of M ALL 0 M trast voltage has been 10
time display <0-255> corrected at the closed-
1815-2 C ALL 0 M loop control. 10
<0-255>
1815-3 K ALL 0 M 10
<0-255>
1816-0 Image Laser power Y ALL 0 M Displays the actual 10
control correction/ <0-255> number of time the
1816-1 number of M ALL 0 M laser power has been 10
time display <0-255> corrected at the closed-
1816-2 C ALL 0 M loop control. 10
<0-255>
1816-3 K ALL 0 M 10
<0-255>
1817 Image Laser power actual value PPC 92 M Displays the laser 2
control display (black) <0-255> power value when
copying in the Black
Mode. (Bit value)
1819 Image Laser power correcting fac- PPC 100 M Perform the correction 1
control tor (black) <100- of the setting 05-1817.
255> (Unit: %)
1820 Image Laser power actual value PRT 92 M Displays the laser 2
control display (black) <0-255> power value when print-
ing in the Black Mode.
(Bit value)
1821 Image Laser power correcting fac- PRT 100 M Perform the correction 1
control tor (black) <100- of the setting 05-1820.
255> (Unit: %)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 81
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1822-0 Transfer 2nd transfer Plain ALL 92 M Corrects the 2nd trans- 14
roller bias cor- paper <0-255> fer roller bias output of
1822-1 rection of trail- Thick ALL 88 M the trailing edge of 14
ing edge of paper 1 <0-255> paper (05-227, 229,
1822-2 paper Thick ALL 90 M 230, 231 and 232). 14
paper 2 <0-255> Correction factor: %
1822-3 Thick ALL 90 M 14
paper 3 <0-255>
1822-4 OHP film ALL 90 M 14
<0-255>
1823-0 Transfer Display of Single ALL 162 M Displays the value of 10
intermediate side (black) <0-255> 2nd transfer roller bias
1823-1 level of 2nd Reverse ALL 139 M when the actual printing 10
transfer roller side at (black) <0-255> is operated.
bias actual duplexing (The value corrected in
1823-2 value of trail- Single ALL 150 M 05-1822 is displayed.) 10
ing edge of side (color) <0-255>
paper
1823-3 (Plain paper) Reverse ALL 133 M 10
side at (color) <0-255>
duplexing
1825-0 Transfer Display of Single ALL 149 M 10
intermediate side (black) <0-255>
1825-1 level of 2nd Reverse ALL 127 M 10
transfe rroller side at (black) <0-255>
bias actual duplexing
1825-2 value of trail- Single ALL 133 M 10
ing edge of side (color) <0-255>
paper
1825-3 (Thick paper Reverse ALL 121 M 10
1) side at (color) <0-255>
duplexing
1826-0 Transfer Display of intermediate ALL 157 M 10
level of 2nd transfer roller (black) <0-255>
1826-1 bias actual value of trailing ALL 154 M 10
edge of paper (color) <0-255>
(Thick paper 2)
1827-0 Transfer Display of intermediate ALL 137 M 10
level of 2nd transfer roller (black) <0-255>
1827-1 bias actual value of trailing ALL 137 M 10
edge of paper (color) <0-255>
(Thick paper 3)
1828-0 Transfer Display of intermediate ALL 126 M 10
level of 2nd transfer roller (black) <0-255>
1828-1 bias actual value of trailing ALL 126 M 10
edge of paper (OHP film) (color) <0-255>
1829-0 Transfer 1st transfer Thick ALL 80 M Corrects the 1st trans- 14
roller bias cor- paper 2 <0-100> fer roller bias output.
1829-1 rection at Thick ALL 80 M Correction factor: % 14
deceleration paper 3 <0-100>
1829-2 OHP film ALL 80 M 14
<0-100>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 82
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1831 Transfer 1st transfer roller bias ALL 187 M Displays the value of 2
actual value display at (black) <0-255> 1st transfer roller bias
deceleration at deceleration when
(Thick paper 2) the actual printing is 2
1832 Transfer 1st transfer roller bias ALL 187 M operated. 2
actual value display at (black) <0-255> (The value corrected in
deceleration 05-1829 is displayed.)
(Thick paper 3)
1833 Transfer 1st transfer roller bias ALL 187 M 2
actual value display at (black) <0-255>
deceleration
(OHP film)
1836 Transfer 1st transfer roller bias ALL 178 M Displays the actual 2
actual value display in low- (color) <0-255> value of the 1st transfer
speed color printing roller bias when the
(Plain paper / Thick paper transfers of all colors (Y,
1) M, C and K) have fin-
ished.
This adjustment is valid
only when the value of
the code 08-497 is “1”
(6 pages/minute).
1839-0 Transfer 2nd transfer Intermedi- ALL 100 M Corrects the 2nd trans- 14
roller bias cor- ate level <0-100> fer roller bias output of
rection of bias of leading/trailing edge of
leading/trail- trailing paper (05-1840).
ing edge of edge (Correcting factor: %)
1839-1 paper Bias of ALL 90 M 14
(Tab paper) leading/ <0-100>
trailing
edge
1840-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias ALL 153 M As the value decreases, 14
output adjustment (black) <0-187> the 2nd transfer roller
(Tab paper) bias output increases
correspondingly.
1840-1 ALL 150 M The adjustment value 14
(color) <0-187> becomes effective
when the Setting Mode
(08-544, 549 and 551)
is 0 (invalid).
1841-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias ALL 5 M Sets the offset amount 4
offsetting adjustment (black) <0-10> of 2nd transfer roller
(Tab paper) bias.
0: -500V 1: -400V
1841-1 ALL 5 M 2: -300V 3: -200V 4
(color) <0-10> 4: -100V 5: 0V
6: +100V 7: +200V
8: +300V 9: +400V
10: +500V

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 83
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1842-0 Transfer Actual value Intermedi- ALL 153 M Displays the value of 10
display of 2nd ate level (black) <0-225> 2nd transfer roller bias
transfer roller bias of on the leading/trailing
bias trailing edge of paper when
of leading/ edge printing is performed.
1842-1 trailing Bias of ALL 157 M (The value corrected in 10
edge of paper leading/ (black) <0-225> 05-1839 is displayed.)
(Tab paper) trailing
edge
1842-2 Intermedi- ALL 150 M 10
ate level (color) <0-225>
bias of
trailing
edge
1842-3 Bias of ALL 154 M 10
leading/ (color) <0-225>
trailing
edge
1845-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias ALL 153 M Displays the value of 10
actual value display (black) <0-187> 2nd transfer roller bias
1845-1 (Tab paper) ALL 150 M when printing is oper- 10
(color) <0-187> ated.
1847 Transfer 1st transfer roller bias ALL 400 M The drum surface 1
actual value display <300- potential at the 1st
(Tab paper) 800> transfer bias resistance
detection control is
adjusted.
[Unit: V]
1848 Transfer 1st transfer bias resis- ALL - M The result value of the 2
tance detection control <0-9999> 1st transfer bias resis-
Result value display tance detection control
is displayed.
[Unit: V]
1849 Transfer 1st transfer roller bias out- ALL 154 M When the value 1
put adjustment (black) <0-225> decreases, the 1st
transfer roller bias out-
put increases.
This setting is enabled
when "0" (disabled) is
set at the codes 08-
541, -549 and -551.
1850-0 Transfer 1st transfer Y ALL 138 M When the value 4
roller bias out- (color) <0-225> decreases, the 1st
1850-1 put adjust- M ALL 143 M transfer roller bias out- 4
ment (color) <0-225> put increases.
1850-2 C ALL 154 M This setting is enabled 4
(color) <0-225> when "0" (disabled) is
set at the codes 08-
1850-3 K ALL 154 M 541, -549 and -551. 4
(color) <0-225>
1861 Transfer 1st transfer roller bias RMS ALL 154 M The RMS value of the 2
value display (black) <0-225> 1st transfer roller bias
at the time of printing is
displayed.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 84
Adjustment mode (05)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1862-0 Transfer 1st transfer Y ALL 138 M The RMS value of the 10
roller bias (color) <0-225> 1st transfer roller bias
1862-1 RMS value M ALL 143 M at the time of printing is 10
display (color) <0-225> displayed. 2
1862-2 C ALL 154 M 10
(color) <0-225>
1862-3 K ALL 154 M 10
(color) <0-225>
1863 Transfer 1st transfer roller bias ALL 5 M The current offset 1
resistance detection Cur- <0-10> amount of the 1st trans-
rent offset adjustment fer roller bias resistance
detection is adjusted.
0: -10 1: -8 2: -6
3: -4 4: -2 5: 0
6: +2 7: +4 8: +6
9: +8 10: +10
[Unit: A]
1864 Transfer 1st transfer roller bias cor- ALL 100 M The 1st transfer roller 1
rection at low-speed color (color) <0-100> bias output after the
printing completion of transfer
of all colors (Y, M, C
and K) is corrected.
This setting is enabled
when "1" (6 sheets/
minute) is set at the
code 08-497.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 85
2.2.5 Setting mode (08)

The items in the setting code list can be set or changed in this setting mode (08).
When the power should be turned OFF, be sure to shut down the equipment by pressing the
[ENERGY SAVER] button for a few seconds.

Procedure 1

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
ÅðÃÅèà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ±®
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ öÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎà øÛ¨·¬÷
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
Í»¬- ±®
½¸¿²¹»- ª¿´«» øͬ±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

* Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-).

Procedure 2

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
ÅðÃÅèà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ±®
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ øÛ¨·¬÷
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
ß¼¶«-¬³»²¬ ª¿´«»
½¿²²±¬ ¾» ½¸¿²¹»¼

Procedure 3

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
ÅðÃÅèà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ±® øß«¬±³¿¬·½ -»¬¬·²¹÷
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ øÛ¨·¬÷
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øͬ±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔà ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

Procedure 4

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÅðÃÅèà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ±® ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ øÍ«¾ó½±¼»÷
ö ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎà Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà øÛ¨·¬÷
Í»¬- ±® øͬ±®»- ª¿´«»
½¸¿²¹»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷
ÅÝÔÛßÎà ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷ øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

* Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-).

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 86
Procedure 5

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
ÅðÃÅèà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ±®
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ öÅØÛÔÐà øÛ¨·¬÷
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
Í»¬- ±®
øͬ±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷
½¸¿²¹»- ª¿´«»

2
* Press [HELP] to enter "-".

Procedure 7

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
ÅðÃÅèà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ±® øØÜÜ º±®³¿¬¬·²¹÷ ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ øÍ»¬¬·²¹÷
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà øÛ¨·¬÷
øͬ±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷
ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

Procedure 9

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
ÅðÃÅèà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÍ»´»½¬ ¾«¬¬±²Ã ±®
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ øÛ¨·¬÷
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øͬ±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷
ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

Procedure 10

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅðÃÅèà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÛÒÌÛÎà ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÍÌßÎÌà ±® ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ øï-¬ -»¬¬·²¹÷ øî²¼ -»¬¬·²¹÷
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà øÛ¨·¬÷
øͬ±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷
ÅÝÔÛßÎà ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷ øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 87
Procedure 11 and 12

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã
ÅðÃÅèà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ±® ÅÛÒÌÛÎà ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ
ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ Åͱº¬©¿®» µ»§¾±¿®¼Ã öîøͬ±®»- ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷ øÛ¨·¬÷
öï ÅÓÑÒ×ÌÑÎñÐßËÍÛÃ

Í»¬- ±®
½¸¿²¹»- ª¿´«» ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ
øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷

*1 Press [MONITOR/PAUSE] to enter "-", when entering telephone number.


*2 The data are stored in SYS-RAM in procedure 11 and stored in NIC-RAM
in procedure 12.

Procedure 14

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ
ÅðÃÅèà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÍÌßÎÌà ±®
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà øݱ¼»÷ øÍ«¾ó½±¼»÷ ÑÚÚñÑÒ
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ
øÛ¨·¬÷
ÅÝÔÛßÎà ߼¶«-¬³»²¬ ª¿´«»
øݱ®®»½¬- ª¿´«»÷ ½¿²²±¬ ¾» ½¸¿²¹»¼

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 88
Notes:
1. The digit after the hyphen in “Code” of the following table is a sub code.
2. In “RAM”, the NVRAM of the board in which the data of each code is stored is indicated. “M”
stands for the LGC board, “SYS”, “NIC” and “UTY” stands for the SYS board.

Setting mode (08)


Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
2
value>
200 General Date and time setting ALL - - Year/month/date/day/ 5
<13 dig- hour/minute/second
its> Example:
03 07 0 13 13 27 48
“Day” - “0” is for “Sun-
day”. Proceeds Monday
through Saturday from
“1” to “6”.
201 General Destination selection ALL EUR: 0 M 0: EUR 1
UC: 1 1: UC
JPN: 2 2: JPN
<0-3> 3: Other
202 User Counter installed externally ALL 0 M 0: No external counter 1
interface <0-4> 1: Coin controller
2: Copy key card
3: Key copy counter
4: Key card for OEM1
203 General Line adjustment mode ALL 0 M 0: For factory ship- 1
<0-1> ment
1: For line
* Field: “0” must be
selected
204 User Auto-clear timer setting ALL 3 SYS Timer to return the 1
interface <0-10> equipment to the
default settings when
the [START] button is
not pressed after the
function and the mode
are set
0: Not cleared
1 to 10:
Set number x 15
sec.
205 User Auto power save mode ALL 11 SYS Timer to automatically 1
interface timer setting <0, 6-15> switch to the energy
saving mode when the
equipment has not
been used
0: Invalid 6: 3min.
7: 4min. 8: 5min.
9: 7min.
10: 10min.
11: 15min.
12: 20min.
13: 30min.
14: 45min.
15: 60min.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 89
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
206 User Auto Shut Off Mode timer ALL Refer to SYS Timer to enter the Sleep 1
interface setting (Sleep Mode) content Mode automatically
<0-20> when the equipment
has not been used
0: 3min. 1: 5min.
2: 10min. 3: 15min.
4: 20min. 5: 25min.
6: 30min. 7: 40min.
8: 50min. 9: 60min.
10: 70min.
11: 80min.
12: 90min.
13: 100min.
14: 110min.
15: 120min.
16: 150min.
17:180min.
18: 210min.
19:240min.
20: Not used
<Default value>
e-STUDIO281c: 9
e-STUDIO351c: 9
e-STUDIO451c: 12
207 User Highlighting display on ALL 0 SYS 0: Black letter on white 1
interface LCD <0-1> background
1: White letter on black
background
209 User Default setting of filing for- ALL 1 SYS 0: TIFF (Multi) 1
interface mat when E-mailing (com- (color) <0-4> 1: PDF (Multi)
mon in all color modes) 2: Not used
3: TIFF (Single)
4: PDF (Single)
210 Paper Paper size (A6-R) PRT 148/105 - 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <148-
432/105-
297>
218 User Default setting of filing for- SCN 1 SYS 0: TIFF (Multi) 1
interface mat when storing files (color) <0-4> 1: PDF (Multi) 2: JPG
(at color/ACS modes) 3: TIFF (Single)
4: PDF (Single)
219 User Default setting of filing for- ALL 0 SYS 0: TIFF (Multi) 1
interface mat when storing files (black) <0-4> 1: PDF (Multi) 2: JPG
(at black mode) 3: TIFF (Single)
4: PDF (Single)
220 User Language displayed at ALL EUR: 0 SYS 0: Language 1 1
interface power-ON UC: 0 1: Language 2
JPN: 5 2: Language 3
<0-6> 3: Language 4
4: Language 5
5: Language 6
6: Language 7
221 User Language selection in UI ALL EUR: 0 SYS 0: Language 1 1
interface data at Web power ON UC: 0 1: Language 2
JPN: 5 2: Language 3
<0-6> 3: Language 4
4: Language 5
5: Language 6
6: Language 7

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 90

05/11
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
223 Mainte- Switching of output pages/ ALL 0 M Selects the reference to 1
nance driving counts at PM <0-1> notify the PM timing.
(The message is dis-
played on the LCD 2
screen.)
0: PM counter (The
number of output
pages is set at 08-
251.)
1: PM time counter
(The timing is set at
08-375.)
224 Paper Paper size for bypass feed PPC UNDEF SYS Press the button on the 9
feeding LCD to select the size.
225 Paper Paper size for upper ALL EUR: A4 M Press the button on the 9
feeding drawer UC: LT LCD to select the size.
JPN: A4
226 Paper Paper size for lower ALL EUR: A3 M Press the button on the 9
feeding drawer UC: LD LCD to select the size.
JPN: A3
227 Paper Paper size for PFP upper ALL EUR: M Press the button on the 9
feeding drawer A4-R LCD to select the size.
UC:
LT-R
JPN:
A4-R
228 Paper Paper size for PFP lower ALL EUR: A4 M Press the button on the 9
feeding drawer UC: LG LCD to select the size.
JPN: B4
229 Paper Paper size (A3) ALL 420/297 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>
230 Paper Paper size (A4-R) ALL 297/210 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>
231 Paper Paper size (A5-R) ALL 210/148 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>
232 Paper Paper size (B4) ALL 364/257 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>
233 Paper Paper size (B5-R) ALL 257/182 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>
234 Paper Paper size (LT-R) ALL 279/216 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>
235 Paper Paper size (LD) ALL 432/279 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 91
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
236 Paper Paper size (LG) ALL 356/216 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>
237 Paper Paper size (ST-R) ALL 216/140 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>
238 Paper Paper size (COMPUTER) ALL 356/257 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>
239 Paper Paper size (FOLIO) ALL 330/210 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>
240 Paper Paper size (13”LG) ALL 330/216 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>
241 Paper Paper size (8.5”X8.5”) ALL 216/216 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>
242 Paper Paper size (Non-standard) ALL 432/279 SYS 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <148-
432/105-
297>
243 Paper Memory 1 ALL 148/100 SYS Registers the paper 10
feeding Paper size (bypass feed- <148- size of bypass feed
ing/non-standard type) 432/100- (non-standard type) into
feeding/widthwise direction 297> [MEMORY 1].
244 Paper Paper size (8K) ALL 390/270 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>
245 Paper Paper size (16K-R) ALL 270/195 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
432/140-
297>
246 Paper Paper size (A3-wide) ALL 457/305 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <182-
457/140-
305>
247 Paper Memory 2 ALL 148/100 SYS Registers the paper 10
feeding Paper size (bypass feed- <148- size of bypass feed
ing/non-standard type) 432/100- (non-standard type) into
feeding/widthwise direction 297> [MEMORY 2].
248 Paper Memory 3 ALL 148/100 SYS Registers the paper 10
feeding Paper size (bypass feed- <148- size of bypass feed
ing/non-standard type) 432/100- (non-standard type) into
feeding/widthwise direction 297> [MEMORY 3].
249 Paper Memory 4 ALL 148/100 SYS Registers the paper 10
feeding Paper size (bypass feed- <148- size of bypass feed
ing/non-standard type) 432/100- (non-standard type) into
feeding/widthwise direction 297> [MEMORY 4].

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 92
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
250 Mainte- Service technician tele- ALL 0 SYS A telephone number 11
nance phone number <32 dig- can be entered up to 32
its> digits. Use the [MONI-
TOR/PAUSE] button to 2
enter a hyphen(-).
251 Mainte- Setting value of PM ALL Refer to M <Default> 1
nance counter content e-STUDIO281c
<8 digits> UC, EUR:
100,000 JPN: 0
e-STUDIO351c
UC, EUR:
120,000 JPN: 0
e-STUDIO451c
UC, EUR:
150,000 JPN: 0
252 Mainte- Current value of PM ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1
nance counter Display/0 clearing <8 digits> registration sensor is
ON.
253 Mainte- Error history display ALL - SYS Displays the latest 20 2
nance errors data
254 Paper LT A4/LD A3 PRT 0 SYS Sets whether the data is 1
feeding <0-1> printed on the different
but similar size paper or
not when the paper of
corresponding size is
not available.
0: Valid (The data is
printed on A4/A3
when LT/LD is
selected or vice
versa.)
1: Invalid (The mes-
sage to use the
selected paper size
is displayed.)
255 Paper PFP/LCF installation ALL 0 M 0: Automatic 1
feeding <0-4> 1: PFP single-drawer
type installed
2: PFP dual-drawer
type installed
3: LCF installed
4: Not installed
256 Paper Paper size setting /LCF ALL EUR: A4 M Press the icon on the 9
feeding UC: LT LCD to select the size.
JPN: A4
257 Counter Counter copy ALL - - 1: Electrical counter Æ -
<1-2> Backup counter
(NVRAM SRAM)
2: Backup counter Æ
Electrical counter
(SRAM NVRAM)
(P. 2-207)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 93

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
258 Mainte- FSMS acceptance ALL 1 SYS Sets whether the FSMS 1
nance <0-2> connection is accepted
or not.
0: Prohibited
1: Accepted (serial
connection only)
2: Accepted (both
serial and USB con-
nections)
259 Network Storage period at trail and PRT 14 SYS 0: No limits 1
private <0-35> 1 to 30: 1 to 30 days
31: 1 hour
32: 2 hours
33: 4 hours
34: 8 hours
35: 12 hours
260 Network Web data retention period ALL 10 SYS When a certain period 1
<3 digits> of time has passed
without operation after
accessing TopAccess,
the data being regis-
tered is automatically
reset. This period is set
at this code.
(Unit: Minute)
263 User Administrator's password ALL 123456 - The password can be 11
interface (Maximum 10 digits) <10 dig- entered in alphabets
its> and figures (A-Z, a-z
and 0-9) within 10 dig-
its.
264 Network File retention period ALL 30 SYS 0: No limits 1
<0-999> 1 to 999: 1 to 999 days
265 Network Maximum data capacity at ALL 30 SYS 2 to 30 M bytes 1
E-mailing <2-30>
266 Network Maximum data capacity at ALL 30 SYS 2 to 30 M bytes 1
Internet FAX <2-30>
267 Elec- Full guarantee of docu- ALL 1 SYS Sets the file retention 1
tronic ments in Electronic Filing <0-1> level when editing the
filing when HDD is full files in the Electronic
Filing (at CutDoc/Save-
Doc command execu-
tion).
0: Not full retained
1: Fully retained
• Retains the source
file until CutDoc/
SaveDoc command
is completed.
* The file is not
deleted even if the
HDD has become
full during the exe-
cution of command
when “1” is set.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 94

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
268 User Binarizing level selection ALL 3 SYS 0: Step -2 1
interface (When judging as black in <1-5> 1: Step -1
the ACS Mode) 2: Step 0 (center)
3: Step 1 2
4: Step 2
* The binarizing level
of each step is set
at 08-609.
270 Elec- Default setting of user box ALL 0 SYS Sets the data retention 1
tronic retention period <0-999> period when creating a
filing user box.
0: Not deleted
1 to 999:
Retention period
(Unit: Day)
271 General Warning notification of the ALL 90 SYS Sets the percentage of 1
File Share and e-Filling <0-100> HDD partition filled
partitions are filled when warning notifica-
tion is sent.
0 to 100: 0 to 100%
* Related code
08-288
272 Scanning Notification setting of E- ALL 3 SYS Sets the days left the 1
mail saving time limit <0-99> notification of E-mail
saving time limit
appears
0 to 99: 0 to 99 days
273 Scanning Default setting of partial ALL 0 SYS Sets the default value 1
size when transmitting E- <0-6> for the partial size of E-
mail mail to be transmitted
when creating a tem-
plate.
0: Not divided
1: 64 2: 128
3: 256 4: 512
5: 1024
6: 2048 (Unit: KB)
274 FAX Default setting of page by ALL 0 SYS Sets the default value 1
page when transmitting <0-4> for the page by page of
Internet FAX Internet FAX to be
transmitted when creat-
ing a template.
0: Not divided
1: 256
2: 512
3: 1024
4: 2048 (Unit: KB)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 95

05/11
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
276 User Default setting of density SCN 0 SYS 0: Automatic density 1
interface adjustment (Black) (black) <0-11> 1: Step -5
2: Step -4
3: Step -3
4: Step -2
5: Step -1
6: Step 0 (center)
7: Step +1
8: Step +2
9: Step +3
10: Step +4
11: Step +5
(1 to 11: Manual den-
sity)
277 User Default setting of back- SCN 3 SYS 1: Step -2 1
interface ground adjustment (color) <1-5> 2: Step -1
(Full Color) 3: Step 0 (center)
4: Step +1
5: Step +2
278 User Default setting of color SCN 0 SYS 0: Black 1
interface mode <0-4> 1: Gray Scale
2: Unused
3: Full Color
4: Auto Color
279 User Default setting of resolution SCN 2 SYS 0: 100 dpi 1
interface (Full Color) (color) <0-3> 1: 150 dpi
2: 200 dpi
3: 300dpi
280 User Default setting of resolution SCN 2 SYS 0: 100 dpi 1
interface (Gray Scale) (black) <0-4> 1: 150 dpi
2: 200 dpi
3: 300dpi
4: 400 dpi
281 User Default setting of resolution SCN 1 SYS 0: 150 dpi 1
interface (Black) (black) <0-4> 1: 200 dpi
2: 300 dpi
3: 400dpi
4: 600 dpi
282 User Default setting of original SCN 0 SYS 0: Text 1
interface mode (Full Color) (color) <0-2> 1: Photo
2: Printed Image
283 User Default setting of original SCN 0 SYS 0: Text 1
interface mode (Black) (black) <0-2> 1: Text/Photo
2: Photo
284 User Default setting of scanning SCN 0 SYS 0: Single 1
interface mode <0-2> 1: Book
2: Tablet
285 User Default setting of rotation SCN 0 SYS 0: 0 degree 1
interface mode <0-3> 1: 90 degrees
2: 180 degrees
3: 270 degrees

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 96
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
286 User Default setting of original ALL 0 SYS 0: Automatic 1
interface paper size <0-22> 1: A3 2: A4
3: LD 4: LT
5: A4-R 6: A5-R 2
7: LT-R 8: LG
9: B4 10: B5
11: ST-R 12: COMP
13: B5-R 14: FOLIO
15: 13"LG 16: 8.5"x 8.5"
18: A6-R
19: Size mixed
20: 8K 21: 16K
22: 16K-R
288 General Searching interval of delet- ALL 12 SYS Sets the search inter- 1
ing expired files and check- <1-24> val of deleting expired
ing capacity of HDD files and checking
partitions capacity of HDD parti-
tions.
(Unit: Hour)
* Related code
08-271
289 User Default setting of back- ALL 3 SYS 1: Step -2 1
interface ground adjustment <1-5> 2: Step -1
(Gray Scale) 3: Step 0 (center)
4: Step +1
5: Step +2
290 Network Raw printing job (Duplex) PRT 1 SYS 0: Valid 1
<0-1> 1: Invalid
291 Network Raw printing job PRT EUR: 6 SYS 0: LD 1: LG 1
(Paper size) UC: 2 2: LT 3: COMP
JPN: 6 4: ST 5: A3
<0 -13> 6: A4 7: A5
8: A6 9: B4
10: B5 11: FOLIO
12: 13 "LG
13: 8.5" x 8.5"
292 Network Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: Plain paper 1
(Paper type) <0-5> 1: Thick paper 1
2: Thick paper 2
3: Thick paper 3
4: OHP film
5: Tab paper
293 Network Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: Portrait 1
(Paper direction) <0-1> 1: Landscape
294 Network Raw printing job (Staple) PRT 1 SYS 0: Valid 1
<0-1> 1: Invalid
295 Network Raw printing job (Exit tray) PRT 0 SYS 0: Inner tray 1
<0-6> 1: Finisher tray 1
2: Finisher tray 2
3: Unused
4: Unused
5: Unused
6: Unused

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 97

05/11
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
296 Network Raw printing job PRT 1200 SYS Sets the number of 1
(Number of form lines) <500- form lines from 5 to
12800> 128. (A hundredfold of
the number of form
lines is defined as the
setting value.)
297 Network Raw printing job PRT 1000 SYS Sets the font pitch from 1
(PCL font pitch) <44- 0.44 to 99.99. (A hun-
9999> dredfold of the font
pitch is defined as the
setting value.)
298 Network Raw printing job PRT 1200 SYS Sets the font size from 1
(PCL font size) <400- 4 to 999.75.
99975> (A hundredfold of the
font size is defined as
the setting value.)
299 Network Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS Sets the PCL font num- 1
(PCL font number) <0-79> ber.
300 User Maximum number of copy PPC 0 SYS 0: 999 1: 99 2: 9 1
interface volume (MAX9) <0-2>
301-0 Counter Number of A3 PPC 0 SYS Counts the output 4
301-1 output pages A4 (color) <8 digits> pages at the Full Color
301-2 at Full Color A5 Mode in the Copier
Mode in Function for each paper
301-3 Copier Func- A6 size according to the
301-4 tion B4 setting for the count
301-5 B5 setting of largesized
301-6 FOLIO paper (08-352) and the
301-7 LD definition setting of
large-sized paper (08-
301-8 LG 353).
301-9 LT
301-10 ST
301-11 COMP
301-12 13”LG
301-13 8.5” x 8.5”
301-14 16K
301-15 8K
301-16 Others
302 User Original counter display PPC EUR: 2 SYS Sets whether the origi- 1
interface UC: 0 nal counter is dis-
JPN: 0 played or not.
<0, 2, 4> 0: Not displayed
2: Displayed
4: Displayed (Double-
sized original is
counted as 2.)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 98
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
303-0 Counter Number of A3 PRT 0 SYS Counts the output 4
303-1 output pages A4 (color) <8 digits> pages at the Full Color
303-2 at Full Color A5 Mode in the Printer
Mode in Function for each paper 2
303-3 Printer Func- A6 size according to the
303-4 tion B4 setting for the count
303-5 B5 setting of largesized
303-6 FOLIO paper (08-352) and the
303-7 LD definition setting of
large-sized paper (08-
303-8 LG 353).
303-9 LT
303-10 ST
303-11 COMP
303-12 13”LG
303-13 8.5” x 8.5”
303-14 16K
303-15 8K
303-16 Others
304-0 Counter Number of A3 PPC 0 SYS Counts the output 4
304-1 output pages A4 (color) <8 digits> pages at the Twin Color
304-2 at Twin Color A5 Mode in the Copier
Mode in Function for each paper
304-3 Copier Func- A6 size according to the
304-4 tion B4 setting for the count
304-5 B5 setting of largesized
304-6 FOLIO paper (08-352) and the
304-7 LD definition setting of
large-sized paper (08-
304-8 LG 353).
304-9 LT
304-10 ST
304-11 COMP
304-12 13”LG
304-13 8.5” x 8.5”
304-14 16K
304-15 8K
304-16 Others

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 99
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
305-0 Counter Number of A3 PPC 0 SYS Counts the output 4
305-1 output pages A4 (black) <8 digits> pages at the Black
305-2 at Black Mode A5 Mode in the Copier
in Copier Function for each paper
305-3 Function A6 size according to the
305-4 B4 setting for the count
305-5 B5 setting of large-sized
305-6 FOLIO paper (08-352) and the
305-7 LD definition setting of
large-sized paper (08-
305-8 LG 353).
305-9 LT
305-10 ST
305-11 COMP
305-12 13”LG
305-13 8.5” x 8.5”
305-14 16K
305-15 8K
305-16 Others
306-0 Counter Number of A3 PRT 0 SYS Counts the output 4
306-1 output pages A4 (black) <8 digits> pages at the Black
306-2 at Black Mode A5 Mode in the Printer
in Printer Function for each paper
306-3 Function A6 size according to the
306-4 B4 setting for the count
306-5 B5 setting of large-sized
306-6 FOLIO paper (08-352) and the
306-7 LD definition setting of
large-sized paper (08-
306-8 LG 353).
306-9 LT
306-10 ST
306-11 COMP
306-12 13”LG
306-13 8.5” x 8.5”
306-14 16K
306-15 8K
306-16 Others

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 100
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
307-0 Counter Number of A3 PRT 0 SYS Counts the output 4
307-1 output pages A4 (black) <8 digits> pages at the List Print
307-2 at List Print A5 Mode for each paper
Mode size according to the 2
307-3 A6 setting for the count
307-4 B4 setting of large-sized
307-5 B5 paper (08-352) and the
307-6 FOLIO definition setting of
307-7 LD largesized paper (08-
353).
307-8 LG
307-9 LT
307-10 ST
307-11 COMP
307-12 13”LG
307-13 8.5” x 8.5”
307-14 16K
307-15 8K
307-16 Others
308-0 Counter Number of A3 FAX 0 SYS Counts the output 4
308-1 output pages A4 <8 digits> pages in the FAX Func-
308-2 in FAX Func- A5 tion for each paper size
tion according to the setting
308-3 A6 for the count setting of
308-4 B4 large-sized paper (08-
308-5 B5 352) and the definition
308-6 FOLIO setting of large-sized
308-7 LD paper (08-353).
308-8 LG
308-9 LT
308-10 ST
308-11 COMP
308-12 13”LG
308-13 8.5” x 8.5”
308-14 16K
308-15 8K
308-16 Others

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 101
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
309-0 Counter Number of A3 PPC 0 SYS Counts the scanning 4
309-1 scanning A4 (color) <8 digits> pages at the Full Color
309-2 pages at Full A5 Mode in the Copier
Color Mode in Function for each paper
309-3 Copier Func- A6 size according to the
309-4 tion B4 setting for the count
309-5 B5 setting of large-sized
309-6 FOLIO paper (08-352) and the
309-7 LD definition setting of
large-sized paper (08-
309-8 LG 353).
309-9 LT
309-10 ST
309-11 COMP
309-12 13”LG
309-13 8.5” x 8.5”
309-14 16K
309-15 8K
309-16 Others
310-0 Counter Number of A3 SCN 0 SYS Counts the scanning 4
310-1 scanning A4 (color) <8 digits> pages at the Full Color
310-2 pages at Full A5 Mode in the Scanning
Color Mode in Function for each paper
310-3 Scanning A6 size according to the
310-4 Function B4 setting for the count
310-5 B5 setting of large-sized
310-6 FOLIO paper (08-352) and the
310-7 LD definition setting of
large-sized paper (08-
310-8 LG 353).
310-9 LT
310-10 ST
310-11 COMP
310-12 13”LG
310-13 8.5” x 8.5”
310-14 16K
310-15 8K
310-16 Others

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 102
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
311-0 Counter Number of A3 PPC 0 SYS Counts the scanning 4
311-1 scanning A4 (color) <8 digits> pages at the Twin Color
311-2 pages at Twin A5 Mode in the Copier
Color Mode in Function for each paper 2
311-3 Copier Func- A6 size according to the
311-4 tion B4 setting for the count
311-5 B5 setting of large-sized
311-6 FOLIO paper (08-352) and the
311-7 LD definition setting of
large-sized paper (08-
311-8 LG 353).
311-9 LT
311-10 ST
311-11 COMP
311-12 13”LG
311-13 8.5” x 8.5”
311-14 16K
311-15 8K
311-16 Others
312-0 Counter Number of A3 PPC 0 SYS Counts the scanning 4
312-1 scanning A4 (black) <8 digits> pages at the Black
312-2 pages at A5 Mode in the Copier
Black Mode in Function for each paper
312-3 Copier Func- A6 size according to the
312-4 tion B4 setting for the count
312-5 B5 setting of largesized
312-6 FOLIO paper (08-352) and the
312-7 LD definition setting of
large-sized paper (08-
312-8 LG 353).
312-9 LT
312-10 ST
312-11 COMP
312-12 13”LG
312-13 8.5” x 8.5”
312-14 16K
312-15 8K
312-16 Others

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 103
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
313-0 Counter Number of A3 SCN 0 SYS Counts the scanning 4
313-1 scanning A4 (black) <8 digits> pages at the Black
313-2 pages in A5 Mode in the Scanning
Scanning Function for each paper
313-3 Function A6 size according to the
313-4 B4 setting for the count
313-5 B5 setting of largesized
313-6 FOLIO paper (08-352) and the
313-7 LD definition setting of
large-sized paper (08-
313-8 LG 353).
313-9 LT
313-10 ST
313-11 COMP
313-12 13”LG
313-13 8.5” x 8.5”
313-14 16K
313-15 8K
313-16 Others
314-0 Counter Number of A3 FAX 0 SYS Counts the scanning 4
314-1 scanning A4 <8 digits> pages in the FAX Func-
314-2 pages in FAX A5 tion for each paper size
Function according to the setting
314-3 A6 for the count setting of
314-4 B4 large-sized paper (08-
314-5 B5 352) and the definition
314-6 FOLIO setting of largesized
314-7 LD paper (08-353).
314-8 LG
314-9 LT
314-10 ST
314-11 COMP
314-12 13”LG
314-13 8.5” x 8.5”
314-14 16K
314-15 8K
314-16 Others

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 104
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
315-0 Counter Number of A3 FAX 0 SYS Counts the transmitted 4
315-1 transmitted A4 <8 digits> pages in the FAX Func-
315-2 pages in FAX A5 tion for each paper size
Function according to the setting 2
315-3 A6 for the count setting of
315-4 B4 large-sized paper (08-
315-5 B5 352) and the definition
315-6 FOLIO setting of largesized
315-7 LD paper (08-353).
315-8 LG
315-9 LT
315-10 ST
315-11 COMP
315-12 13”LG
315-13 8.5” x 8.5”
315-14 16K
315-15 8K
315-16 Others
316-0 Counter Number of A3 FAX 0 SYS Counts the received 4
316-1 received A4 <8 digits> pages in the FAX Func-
316-2 pages in FAX A5 tion for each paper size
Function according to the setting
316-3 A6 for the count setting of
316-4 B4 large-sized paper (08-
316-5 B5 352) and the definition
316-6 FOLIO setting of largesized
316-7 LD paper (08-353).
316-8 LG
316-9 LT
316-10 ST
316-11 COMP
316-12 13”LG
316-13 8.5” x 8.5”
316-14 16K
316-15 8K
316-16 Others

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 105
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
317-0 Counter Display of Large PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of (color) <8 digits> output pages at the Full
317-1 Counter output pages Small PPC 0 SYS Color Mode in the 14
at Full Color (color) <8 digits> Copier Function
317-2 Counter Mode in Total PPC 0 SYS according to its size 14
Copier Func- (color) <8 digits> (large/small).
tion Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.
318-0 Counter Display of Large PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of (color) <8 digits> output pages at the Full
318-1 Counter output pages Small PRT 0 SYS Color Mode in the 14
at Full Color (color) <8 digits> Printer Function
318-2 Counter Mode in Total PRT 0 SYS according to its size 14
Printer Func- (color) <8 digits> (large/small).
tion Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.
319-0 Counter Display of Large PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of (color) <8 digits> output pages at the
319-1 Counter output pages Small PPC 0 SYS Twin Color Mode in the 14
at Twin Color (color) <8 digits> Copier Function
319-2 Counter Mode in Total PPC 0 SYS according to its size 14
Copier Func- (color) <8 digits> (large/small).
tion Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 106
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
320-0 Counter Display of Large PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of (black) <8 digits> output pages at the
320-1 Counter output pages Small PPC 0 SYS Black Mode in the 14
at Black Mode (black) <8 digits> Copier Function 2
320-2 Counter in Copier Total PPC 0 SYS according to its size 14
Function (black) <8 digits> (large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.
321-0 Counter Display of Large PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of (black) <8 digits> output pages at the
321-1 Counter output pages Small PRT 0 SYS Black Mode in the 14
at Black Mode (black) <8 digits> Printer Function
321-2 Counter in Printer Total PRT 0 SYS according to its size 14
Function (black) <8 digits> (large/small).
Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.
322-0 Counter Display of Large PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of (black) <8 digits> output pages at the List
322-1 Counter output pages Small PRT 0 SYS Print Mode Function 14
at List Print (black) <8 digits> according to its size
322-2 Counter Mode Total PRT 0 SYS (large/small). 14
(black) <8 digits> Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 107
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
323-0 Counter Display of Large FAX 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of <8 digits> output pages in the FAX
323-1 Counter output pages Small FAX 0 SYS Function according to 14
in FAX Func- <8 digits> its size (large/small).
323-2 Counter tion Total FAX 0 SYS Large: 14
<8 digits> Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.
324-0 Counter Display of Large PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of (color) <8 digits> scanning pages at the
324-1 Counter scanning Small PPC 0 SYS Full Color Mode in the 14
pages at Full (color) <8 digits> Copier Function
324-2 Counter Color Mode in Total PPC 0 SYS according to its size 14
Copier Func- (color) <8 digits> (large/small).
tion Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.
325-0 Counter Display of Large SCN 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of (color) <8 digits> scanning pages at the
325-1 Counter scanning Small SCN 0 SYS Full Color Mode in the 14
pages at Full (color) <8 digits> Scanning Function
325-2 Counter Color Mode in Total SCN 0 SYS according to its size 14
Scanning (color) <8 digits> (large/small).
Function Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 108
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
326-0 Counter Display of Large PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of (color) <8 digits> scanning pages at the
326-1 Counter scanning Small PPC 0 SYS Twin Color Mode in the 14
pages at Twin (color) <8 digits> Copier Function 2
326-2 Counter Color Mode in Total PPC 0 SYS according to its size 14
Copier Func- (color) <8 digits> (large/small).
tion Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.
327-0 Counter Display of Large PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of (black) <8 digits> scanning pages at the
327-1 Counter scanning Small PPC 0 SYS Black Mode in the 14
pages at (black) <8 digits> Copier Function
327-2 Counter Black Mode in Total PPC 0 SYS according to its size 14
Copier Func- (black) <8 digits> (large/small).
tion Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.
328-0 Counter Display of Large FAX 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of <8 digits> scanning pages in the
328-1 Counter scanning Small FAX 0 SYS FAX Function according 14
pages in FAX <8 digits> to its size (large/small).
328-2 Counter Function Total FAX 0 SYS Large: 14
<8 digits> Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 109
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
329-0 Counter Display of Large SCN 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of (black) <8 digits> scanning pages in the
329-1 Counter scanning Small SCN 0 SYS Scanning Function 14
pages in (black) <8 digits> according to its size
329-2 Counter Scanning Total SCN 0 SYS (large/small). 14
Function (black) <8 digits> Large:
Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.
330-0 Counter Display of Large FAX 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of <8 digits> transmitted pages in the
330-1 Counter transmitted Small FAX 0 SYS FAX Function according 14
pages in FAX <8 digits> to its size (large/small).
330-2 Counter Function Total FAX 0 SYS Large: 14
<8 digits> Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.
331 User Default setting of screen ALL 0 SYS Sets the screen to be 1
interface <0-6> displayed after the
auto-clear time has
passed or it has recov-
ered from the energy
saving mode or sleep
mode.
0: Copier 1: Fax
2: Scan 3: Box
4: Job Status
5: Template
6: Custom

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 110

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
332-0 Counter Display of Large FAX 0 SYS Counts the number of 14
number of <8 digits> received pages in the
332-1 Counter received Small FAX 0 SYS FAX Function according 14
pages in FAX <8 digits> to its size (large/small). 2
332-2 Counter Function Total FAX 0 SYS Large: 14
<8 digits> Number of output
pages of large-sized
paper defined at 08-
353
Small:
Number of output
pages other than
set as large-sized
paper
Total:
Total number out-
put pages of all
paper sizes.
333-0 Counter Display of Large ALL 0 SYS Displays the total num- 14
total number (color) <8 digits> ber of pages at Full
333-1 Counter of pages at Small ALL 0 SYS Color Mode in the 14
Full Color (color) <8 digits> Copier/Printer/Scan-
333-2 Counter Mode Total ALL 0 SYS ning Functions. 14
(color) <8 digits>
334-0 Counter Display of Large ALL 0 SYS Displays the total num- 14
total number (color) <8 digits> ber of pages at Twin
334-1 Counter of pages at Small ALL 0 SYS Color Mode in the 14
Twin Color (color) <8 digits> Copier Function.
334-2 Counter Mode Total ALL 0 SYS 14
(color) <8 digits>
335-0 Counter Display of Large ALL 0 SYS Displays the total num- 14
total number (black) <8 digits> ber of pages at Black
335-1 Counter of pages at Small ALL 0 SYS Mode in the Copier/ 14
Black Mode (black) <8 digits> Printer/Scanning/FAX
335-2 Counter Total ALL 0 SYS Functions. 14
(black) <8 digits>
342 User Displaying number of PPC 0 SYS This setting is whether 1
interface original pages placed on <0-1> the number of pages of
original glass originals placed on the
original glass is dis-
played or not.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
343 User Black-free function ALL 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1
interface <0-1> 1: Enabled
When "1" (enabled) is
set at this code, "1"
(black) is automatically
set at the code 08-588.
344 Counter Count setting of tab paper ALL 1 M 0: Counted as 1 1
(PM) <0-1> 1: Counted as 2
346 Counter Count setting of large- ALL 1 M 0: Counted as 1 1
sized paper (PM) <0-1> 1: Counted as 2
347 Counter Definition setting of large- ALL 1 M 0: A3/LD 1
sized paper (PM) <0-1> 1: A3/LD/B4/LG/
FOLIO/COMP

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 111
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
348 Counter Count setting of thick paper ALL 1 M 0: Counted as 1 1
(PM) <0-1> 1: Counted as 2
349 Counter Count setting of OHP film ALL 1 M 0: Counted as 1 1
(PM) <0-1> 1: Counted as 2
352 Counter Count setting of large- ALL JPN: 0 M 0: Counted as 1 1
sized paper (Fee charging OTHER: 1: Counted as 2
system counter) 1 2: Counted as 1
<0-2> (Mechanical counter
is double counter)
353 Counter Definition setting of large- ALL 0 M 0: A3/LD 1
sized paper (Fee charging <0-1> 1: A3/LD/B4/LG/
system counter) FOLIO/COMP/8k
356 Counter Counter for upper drawer ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2
feeding <8 digits> sheets fed from upper
drawer
357 Counter Counter for lower drawer ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2
feeding <8 digits> sheets fed from lower
drawer
358 Counter Counter for bypass feeding ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2
<8 digits> sheets fed from bypass
feed
359 Counter Counter for LCF feeding ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2
<8 digits> sheets fed from LCF
360 Counter Counter for PFP upper ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2
drawer feeding <8 digits> sheets fed from PFP
upper drawer
370 Counter Counter for PFP lower ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2
drawer feeding <8 digits> sheets fed from PFP
lower drawer
372 Counter Counter for ADU ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2
<8 digits> output pages of duplex
printing.
374 Counter Counter for RADF ALL 0 SYS Counts the number of 2
<8 digits> originals fed from RADF
375 Mainte- Setting value of PM time ALL Refer to M <Default> 1
nance counter display/0 clearing content e-STUDIO281c
<8 digits> JPN:0
UC, EUR: 315,000
e-STUDIO351c
JPN:0
UC, EUR: 315,000
e-STUDIO451c
JPN: 0
UC, EUR: 315,000
376 Mainte- Current value of PM time ALL 0 M Counts the drum driving 1
nance counter <8 digits> time (main motor ON).
381 Counter Setting for counter installed ALL 1 M Selects the job to count 1
externally <0-7> up for the external
counter.
0: Not selected
1: Copier
2: FAX
3: Copier/FAX
4: Printer
5: Copier/Printer
6: Printer/FAX
7: Copier/Printer/FAX

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 112
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
390 Counter Number of errors in HDD PPC 0 SYS The number of error is 2
(Copying) <8 digits> reset at HDD format-
391 Counter Number of errors in HDD FAX 0 SYS ting. 2
(FAX) <8 digits> 2
392 Counter Number of errors in HDD SCN 0 SYS 2
(Scanning) <8 digits>
393 Counter Number of errors in HDD PRT 0 SYS 2
(Printer) <8 digits>
398 Laser Number of polygonal motor ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2
rotational speed switching <8 digits> time the polygonal
motor has switched its
rotational speed
between normal rota-
tion and standby rota-
tion
399 Laser Accumulated time of polyg- ALL 0 M Accumulates the time 2
onal motor at normal rota- <8 digits> the polygonal motor has
tion rotated at normal rota-
tion.
400 Fuser Fuser unit error status ALL 0 M 0: No error 1
counter <0-29> 1: C411 2: C412
3: C433 4: -
5: C445 6: C446
7: C447 8: -
9: C449 10: C475
11: C471 12: C472
13: - 14: -
15: C480 16: -
17: C490 18: -
19: C449 20: -
21: C449 22: C449
23: C449 24: C447
25: C449 26: -
27: C449 28: -
29: C449
409 Fuser Fuser roller temperature at ALL 13 M 0: OFF 1: 40°C 1
a energy saver mode <0-16> 2: 45°C 3: 50°C
(Center thermistor) 4: 55°C 5: 60°C
6: 65°C 7: 70°C
8: 75°C 9: 80°C
10: 85°C 11: 90°C
12: 95°C 13: 100°C
14: 105°C 15: 110°C
16:115°C
410-0 Fuser Fuser roller temperature ALL 12 M 0: 120°C 1: 125°C 4
during printing (Center (black) <0-16> 2: 130°C 3: 135°C
thermistor/Plain paper) 4: 140°C 5: 145°C
6: 150°C 7: 155°C
410-1 Fuser ALL 11 M 8: 160°C 9: 165°C 4
(color) <0-16> 10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: 180°C 13: 185°C
14: 190°C 15: 195°C
16: 200°C

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 113
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
411 Fuser Fuser roller temperature on ALL 12 M 0: 120°C 1: 125°C 1
standby (Center ther- <0-16> 2: 130°C 3: 135°C
mistor) 4: 140°C 5: 145°C
6: 150°C 7: 155°C
8: 160°C 9: 165°C
10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: 180°C 13: 185°C
14: 190°C 15: 195°C
16: 200°C
412-0 Fuser Fuser roller temperature ALL 12 M 0: 120°C 1: 125°C 4
during printing (black) <0-16> 2: 130°C 3: 135°C
(Center thermistor/Thick 4: 140°C 5: 145°C
paper 3) 6: 150°C 7: 155°C
412-1 ALL 12 M 8: 160°C 9: 165°C 4
(color) <0-16> 10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: 180°C 13: 185°C
14: 190°C 15: 195°C
16: 200°C
413-0 Fuser Fuser roller temperature ALL 12 M 0: 120°C 1: 125°C 4
during printing (black) <0-16> 2: 130°C 3: 135°C
(Center thermistor/Thick 4: 140°C 5: 145°C
paper 1) 6: 150°C 7: 155°C
413-1 ALL 12 M 8: 160°C 9: 165°C 4
(color) <0-16> 10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: 180°C 13: 185°C
14: 190°C 15: 195°C
16: 200°C
415-0 Fuser Period of time retaining ALL 3 M 0: Invalid 1: 1 sec. 4
print-start temperature (black) <0-10> 2: 2 sec 3: 3 sec
(Thick paper 3) 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.
415-1 ALL 2 M 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 4
(color) <0-10> 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec.
10: 10 sec.
416 Fuser Temperature setting to ALL 9 M 0: 120°C 1: 125°C 1
start solving abnormality <0-12> 2: 130°C 3: 135°C
(Center/Side thermistor/ 4: 140°C 5: 145°C
Thick paper 3) 6: 150°C 7: 155°C
8: 160°C 9: 165°C
10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: Invalid
417-0 Fuser Pre-running time for first ALL 16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 4
printing (Thick paper 3) (black) <0-16> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.
4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.
6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.
417-1 ALL 0 M 8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec. 4
(color) <0-16> 10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec.
12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec.
16: 30 sec.
422 Fuser Fuser roller temperature ALL 4 M 0: 120°C 1: 125°C 1
setting at the end of pre- <0-16> 2: 130°C 3: 135°C
running during warming-up 4: 140°C 5: 145°C
6: 150°C 7: 155°C
8: 160°C 9: 165°C
10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: 180°C 13: 185°C
14: 190°C 15: 195°C
16: 200°C

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 114
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
428-0 Fuser Period of time retaining 3 M 0: Invalid 1: 1 sec. 4
ALL
print-start temperature <0-10> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.
(black)
(Thick paper 2) 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.
428-1 2 M 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 4 2
ALL 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec.
(color) <0-10>
10: 10 sec.
430 Fuser Transport motor speed ALL 1 M Sets deceleration ratio 1
deceleration (OHP film) (color) <0-3> of paper transport
431 Transport motor speed 1 M speed. 1
ALL 0: 1/1 1: 1/2
deceleration <0-3>
(color) 2: 1/3 3: 1/4
(Thick paper 2)
432 Transport motor speed 2 M 1
ALL
deceleration <0-3>
(color)
(Thick paper 3)
436 Fuser Temperature setting to ALL 9 M 0: 120°C 1: 125°C 1
start solving abnormal- <0-12> 2: 130°C 3: 135°C
ity(Center/Side thermistor/ 4: 140°C 5: 145°C
Thick paper2) 6: 150°C 7: 155°C
8: 160°C 9: 165°C
10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: Invalid
437-0 Fuser Fuser roller temperature ALL 12 M 0: 120°C 1: 125°C 4
during printing (black) <0-16> 2: 130°C 3: 135°C
(Center thermistor /Thick 4: 140°C 5: 145°C
paper 2) 6: 150°C 7: 155°C
437-1 ALL 12 M 8: 160°C 9: 165°C 4
(color) <0-16> 10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: 180°C 13: 185°C
14: 190°C 15: 195°C
16: 200°C
438-0 Fuser Fuser roller temperature ALL 12 M 0: 120°C 1: 125°C 4
during printing (Center (black) <0-16> 2: 130°C 3: 135°C
thermistor/OHP film) 4: 140°C 5: 145°C
6: 150°C 7: 155°C
438-1 ALL 10 M 8: 160°C 9: 165°C 4
(color) <0-16> 10: 170°C 11: 175°C
12: 180°C 13: 185°C
14: 190°C 15: 195°C
16: 200°C
439-0 Fuser Pre-running time for first ALL 14 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 4
printing (Thick paper 2) (black) <0-16> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.
4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.
6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.
8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.
10: 12 sec.
439-1 ALL 0 M 11: 14 sec. 4
(color) <0-16> 12: 16 sec.
13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec.
15: 25 sec.
16: 30 sec.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 115
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
440-0 Fuser Pre-running time for first ALL 12 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 4
printing (black) <0-16> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.
(Plain paper/Low tempera- 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.
ture environment) 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.
8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.
10: 12 sec.
440-1 ALL 0 M 11: 14 sec. 4
(color) <0-16> 12: 16 sec.
13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec.
15: 25 sec.
16: 30 sec.
441-0 Fuser Pre-running time for first ALL 9 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 4
printing (Thick paper 1) (black) <0-16> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.
4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.
6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.
8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.
10: 12 sec.
441-1 ALL 5 M 11: 14 sec. 4
(color) <0-16> 12: 16 sec.
13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec.
15: 25 sec.
16: 30 sec.
449 Paper Switching for incorrect ALL 0 M 0: Enabled 1
feeding paper size jam detection <0-1> 1: Disabled
458 Fuser Threshold for warming-up ALL 6 M 0: 0°C 1: 5°C 1
temperature(Low-tempera- <0-11> 2: 9°C 3: 10°C
ture environment) 4: 12°C 5: 14°C
6: 15°C 7: 16°C
8: 17°C 9: 18°C
10: 19°C 11: 20°C
459 Fuser Warming-up time(Low-tem- ALL 7 M 0: No warming-up 1
perature environment) <0-11> 1: 30 sec. 2: 40 sec.
3: 50 sec. 4: 60 sec.
5: 70 sec. 6: 80 sec.
7: 90 sec.
8: 100 sec.
9: 120 sec.
10: 180 sec.
11: 300 sec.
460 Fuser Threshold of temperature ALL 9 M 0: 0°C 1: 5°C 1
for pre-running time for first <0-11> 2: 9°C 3: 10°C
printing(Low-temperature 4: 12°C 5: 14°C
environment) 6: 15°C 7: 16°C
8: 17°C 9: 18°C
10: 19°C 11: 20°C
461 Fuser Pre-running time for first ALL 8 M 0: Invalid (always) 1
printing(Plain paper/Low- <0-11> 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min.
temperature environment) 3: 1 min. 4: 2 min.
5: 3 min. 6: 5 min.
7: 7 min. 8: 10 min.
9: 15 min. 10: 30 min.
11: 60 min.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 116
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
462 RADF Setting for switchback ALL 0 SYS This setting is whether 1
operation in mixed-size <0-2> the original length is
copying using RADF detected or not by
transporting without 2
scanning in reverse
when A4-R/FOLIO
paper or LT-R/LG paper
is detected in a mixed-
size copying.
0: Disabled -
AMS:
A series - Judges as
A4-R without trans-
porting in reverse
with no scanning.
LT series - Judges
whether it is LT-R or
LG by its length
without transporting
in reverse with no
scanning.
APS:
A series - Judges
whether it is A4-R or
FOLIO without
transporting in
reverse with no
scanning.
LT series - Judges
whether it is LT-R or
LG without trans-
porting in reverse
with no scanning.
1: Enable 1
AMS:
A series - Judges
whether it is A4-R or
FOLIO by transport-
ing without scanning
in reverse to detect
its length.
LT series - Judges
whether it is LT-R or
LG by transporting
without scanning in
reverse to detect its
length.
APS:
The same as that of
APS in 0: Disabled.
2: Enable 2
AMS/APS:
The same as that of
AMS in 1: Enable 1.
463-0 Paper Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4
feeding number set- paper <0-5> times of the feeding
463-1 ting (upper Others ALL 5 M retry from the upper 4
drawer) <0-5> drawer.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 117

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
464-0 Paper Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4
feeding number set- paper <0-5> times of the feeding
464-1 ting (lower Others ALL 5 M retry from the lower 4
drawer) <0-5> drawer.
465-0 Paper Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4
feeding number set- paper <0-5> times of the feeding
465-1 ting (PFP Others ALL 5 M retry from the PFP 4
upper drawer) <0-5> upper drawer.
466-0 Paper Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4
feeding number set- paper <0-5> times of the feeding
466-1 ting (PFP Others ALL 5 M retry from the PFP 4
lower drawer) <0-5> lower drawer.
467-0 Paper Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4
feeding number set- paper <0-5> times of the feeding
467-1 ting (bypass Others ALL 5 M retry from the bypass 4
feed) <0-5> tray.
468-0 Paper Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4
feeding number set- paper <0-5> times of the feeding
468-1 ting (LCF) Others ALL 5 M retry from the LCF. 4
<0-5>
470 Paper Paper size (305x457 mm) ALL 457/305 M 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <148-
457/105-
305>
471 Paper Paper size (Post card) ALL 148/100 M * Post card is sup- 10
feeding feeding/widthwise direction <148- ported only for JPN
432/100- model.
297>
478 Laser Judged number of polygo- ALL 0 M Displays the error 1
nal motor rotation error <0-1> [CA10] when the set
(Normal rotation) number of rotation error
has been detected.
0: 2 times
1: 12 times
479 Laser Judged number of polygo- ALL 0 M 0: Waiting time for 1
nal motor rotation error (At <0-1> polygonal motor
acceleration/deceleration) rotation overshoot-
ing 0.6 sec.
1: Waiting time for
polygonal motor
rotation overshoot-
ing 2.2 sec.
480 Paper Default setting of paper PPC 0 SYS 0: A4/LT 1
feeding source <0-5> 1: LCF
2: Upper drawer
3: Lower drawer
4: PFP upper drawer
5: PFP lower drawer

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 118
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
481 Paper Automatic change of paper PPC 1 SYS Sets whether or not 1
feeding source <0-2> changing the drawer
automatically to the
other drawer with the 2
paper of the same size
when paper in the
selected drawer has run
out.
0: OFF
1: ON (Changes to the
drawer with the
same paper direc-
tion and size: ex. A4
to A4)
2: ON (Changes to the
drawer with the
same paper size.
Paper with the dif-
ferent direction is
acceptable as long
as the size is the
same: ex., A4 to A4-
R, LT-R to LT. “1” is
applied when the
staple/holepunch is
specified.)
482 Paper Feeding retry setting ALL 0 M 0: ON 1
feeding <0-1> 1: OFF
483 Laser Pre-running rotation of ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1
polygonal motor <0-2> switching the polygonal
motor from the standby
rotation to the normal
rotation when the origi-
nal is set on the RADF
or the platen cover is
opened.
0: Valid (when using
RADF and the origi-
nal is set manually)
1: Invalid
2: Valid (when using
RADF only)
484 Laser Polygonal motor rotational ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1
status switching at the Auto <0-1> switching the polygonal
Clear Mode motor from the normal
rotation to the standby
rotation at the Auto
Clear Mode.
0: Valid
1: Invalid
485 Laser Rotational status of polygo- ALL 0 SYS Sets the rotational sta- 1
nal motor on standby <0-1> tus of polygonal motor
on standby.
0: Rotated (The rota-
tional speed is set at
08-490.)
1: Stopped

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 119
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
486 Laser Timing of auto-clearing of ALL 0 SYS Switches the polygonal 1
polygonal motor pre-run- <0-2> motor to the standby
ning rotation rotation when a certain
period of time has
passed from the pre-
running. At this code,
the period to switch the
status to the standby
rotation is set.
0: 15 sec.
1: 30 sec.
2: 45 sec.
* This setting is effec-
tive when “0” or “2”
is set at 08-483.
487 Transfer Selection of performing the ALL 0 M 0: Performs only at no 1
2nd transfer roller cleaning <0-1> paper size is desig-
(Bypass feed) nated
1: Performs regardless
of designation of
paper size
488 Laser Setting of polygonal motor ALL 3 M Set the type of polygo- 1
type <2-3> nal motor.
2: 2 clock type
3: 3 clock type
489 Laser Polygonal motor rotation ALL 5 M 0: 38090.55rpm 1
number on standby <0-5> 1: 35000rpm
2: 30000rpm
3: 25000rpm
4: 20000rpm
5: 10000rpm
490 Laser Polygonal motor rotation in ALL 0 M 0: Stopped 1
the energy saving mode <0-1> 1: 10000rpm.
497 General Speed switching for color ALL 0 M Sets the speed for color 1
printing (color) <0-1> printing.
0: 11 pages/minute
1: 6 pages/minute
502 Image Error diffusion and dither PPC 0 SYS Sets the image repro- 1
setting at photo mode (black) <0-1> duction method at
photo mode.
0: Error diffusion
1: Dither
503 User Default setting of density PPC 0 SYS 0: Automatic 1
interface adjustment (black) <0-1> 1: Manual (Center)
511 Main Main charger wire auto- ALL 1 M 0: Invalid 1
charger cleaning setting <0-1> 1: Valid
526-0 Fuser Pre-running time for first ALL 16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 4
printing (black) <0-16> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.
526-1 (OHP film) ALL 0 M 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec. 4
(color) <0-16> 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.
8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.
10: 12 sec.
11: 14 sec.
12: 16 sec.
13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec.
15: 25 sec.
16: 30 sec.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 120
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
544 Image Environment correction ALL 1 M Sets whether or not cor- 1
control control of 2nd transfer <0-1> recting the 2nd transfer
roller bias roller bias depending on
the environment. 2
0: Invalid
1: Valid
545 Image Transfer belt life correction ALL 1 M Sets whether or not cor- 1
control of 2nd transfer roller bias <0-1> recting the 2nd transfer
roller bias depending on
the transfer belt life.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
546 Image 2nd transfer roller life cor- ALL 1 M Sets whether or not cor- 1
control rection of 2nd transfer <0-1> recting the 2nd transfer
roller bias roller bias depending on
the 2nd transfer roller
life.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
548 Transfer Setting of 2nd transfer ALL EUR:0 M 0:80 g/m2 (21.3 lb.)/ 1
roller bias table (for each UC:1 EUR
destination/paper thick- JPN:2 1: 75 g/m2 (20 lb.)/UC
ness) <0-2> 2: 64 g/m2 (17.1 lb.)/
JPN
549 Image Image quality control/open- ALL 1 M Sets whether or not 1
control loop control 1 <0-1> performing the open-
loop control 1.The
open-loop control 1 is
performed in advance
of the closed-loop con-
trol.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
550 Image Default setting of Original PPC 0 SYS 0: Text/Photo 1
mode (black) <0-3> 1: Photo
2: Text
3: Gray Scale
551 Image Image quality control/open- ALL 1 M Sets whether or not 1
control loop control 2 <0-1> performing the open-
loop control 2.The
open-loop control 2 is
performed before or
during printing.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
552 Image Drum life correction control ALL 1 M Sets whether or not cor- 1
control <0-1> recting the drum volt-
age depending on the
drum life in open-loop
control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 121
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
553 Image Drum temperature correc- ALL 1 M Sets whether or not cor- 1
control tion control <0-1> recting the drum volt-
age depending on the
drum surface tempera-
ture in open-loop con-
trol.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
554 Image Image quality open-loop ALL 1 M Sets whether or not 1
control control/Contrast voltage <0-1> deciding the initial value
initial value of contrast voltage in
open-loop control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
555 Image Drum life correction of ALL 1 M Sets whether or not cor- 1
control laser power initial value <0-1> recting the laser power
depending on the drum
life when the laser
power initial value is set
in open-loop control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
556 Image Image quality closed-loop ALL 1 M Sets whether or not cor- 1
control control/Contrast voltage <0-1> recting the contrast volt-
age in closed-loop
control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
557 Image Image quality closed-loop ALL 1 M Sets whether or not cor- 1
control control/Laser power <0-1> recting the laser power
in closed-loop control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
558 Image Contrast voltage/Correc- ALL 1 M Sets whether or not 1
control tion gain environment set- <0-1> switching the correc-
ting tion amount once at
contrast voltage correc-
tion depending on the
environment.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
559 Image Image quality closed-loop ALL 1 M Sets whether perform- 1
control control automatic start-up/ (color) <0-2> ing closed-loop control
At power-ON automatically at power-
ON when the fuser
roller temperature
becomes below the
specified level.
0: Invalid
1: Valid (at mode 1)
2: Valid (at mode 2)
560 Imagel Process switching for PPC 1 M Sets whether or not 1
image smoothing (Text/ (black) <0-1> performing a smooth-
Photo) ing process (primary
scanning direction,
2,400 dpi or equiva-
lent).
0: Invalid
1: Valid

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 122
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
561 Image Process switching for PPC 0 M Sets whether or not 1
image smoothing (Photo) (black) <0-1> performing a smooth-
ing process (primary
562 Image Process switching for PPC 1 M scanning direction, 1 2
image smoothing (Text) (black) <0-1> 2,400 dpi or equiva-
lent).
0: Invalid
1: Valid
565 Image Image quality closed-loop ALL 1 M Sets whether or not 1
control control automatic start-up/ (color) <0-2> performing closed-loop
Relative humidity variation control automatically
when the relative
humidity becomes
below the specified
level from the previous
control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid (at mode 1)
2: Valid (at mode 2)
566 Image Image quality closed-loop ALL 1 M Sets whether or not 1
control control automatic start-up/ (color) <0-2> performing closed-loop
Period of time unattended control automatically
when the equipment
has not been used for a
specified period of time.
0: Invalid
1: Valid (at mode 1)
2: Valid (at mode 2)
567 Image Image quality closed-loop ALL 2 M Sets whether or not 1
control control automatic start-up/ (color) <0-2> performing closed-loop
Accumulated print volume control automatically
when the specified
number of sheets has
been printed out from
the previous control.
0: Invalid
1: Valid (at mode 1)
2: Valid (at mode 2)
568 Image Image quality closed-loop ALL 2 M Sets whether or not 1
control control automatic start-up/ (color) <0-2> performing closed-loop
When recovered from control automatically
“Toner empty” when recovered from
“Toner empty”.
0: Invalid
1: Valid (at mode 1)
2: Valid (at mode 2)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 123
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
569 Image Image quality closed-loop ALL 8 M Sets the fuser roller 1
control control automatic start-up/ (color) <0-20> temperature to perform
Temperature setting of closed-loop control
fuser roller at power-ON when “1” or “2” (valid) is
set in 08-559.
0: 20°C 1: 25°C
2: 30°C 3: 35°C
4: 40°C 5: 45°C
6: 50°C 7: 55°C
8: 60°C 9: 65°C
10: 70°C 11: 75°C
12: 80°C 13: 85°C
14: 90°C 15: 95°C
16: 100°C 17: 105°C
18: 110°C 19: 115°C
20: 120°C
570 Image Image quality closed-loop ALL 4 M Sets the relative humid- 1
control control automatic start-up/ (color) <0-6> ity difference to per-
Relative humidity differ- form the closed-loop
ence setting control when “1” or “2”
(valid) is set in 08-565.
0: 0% 1: 5%
2: 10% 3: 15%
4: 20% 5: 25%
6: 30%
571 Image Image quality closed-loop ALL 4 M Sets the period of time 1
control control automatic start-up/ (color) <0-24> unattended to perform
Setting of period of time closed-loop control
unattended when “1” or “2” (valid) is
set in 08-566.
Setting value x 1 (hour)
572 Image Image quality closed-loop ALL 10 M Sets the number of 1
control control automatic start-up/ (color) <0-30> accumulated print vol-
Setting of accumulated ume to perform closed-
print volume loop control when “1” or
“2” (valid) is set in 08-
567.
Setting value x 100
(pages)
573 Image Abnormality detection ALL 0 M Counts the abnormality 1
control count (Y) <0-16> detection of image qual-
Display/0 clearing ity control. Accumulat-
ing total of [CE10],
[CE20] and [CE40]
574 Image Abnormality detection ALL 0 M Counts the abnormality 1
control count (M) <0-16> detection of image qual-
Display/0 clearing ity control. Accumulat-
ing total of [CE10],
[CE20] and [CE40]
575 Image Abnormality detection ALL 0 M Counts the abnormality 1
control count (C) <0-16> detection of image qual-
Display/0 clearing ity control. Accumulat-
ing total of [CE10],
[CE20] and [CE40]
576 Image Abnormality detection ALL 0 M Counts the abnormality 1
control count (K) <0-16> detection of image qual-
Display/0 clearing ity control. Accumulat-
ing total of [CE10],
[CE20] and [CE40]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 124
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
583-0 Fuser Pre-running Transport ALL 1 M 0: 3 sec. 1: 6 sec. 4
time at power- motor <0-10> 2: 9 sec. 3: 12 sec.
ON and ready speed 1/1 4: 15 sec. 5: 18 sec.
583-1 status Transport ALL 4 M 6: 21 sec. 7: 24 sec. 4 2
motor <0-10> 8: 27 sec. 9: 30 sec.
speed 1/2 10: 33 sec.
583-2 Transport ALL 7 M 4
motor <0-10>
speed 1/3
584 Fuser Transport motor speed of ALL 0 M 0: Decelerating to 1/1 1
pre-running at ready status <0-2> 1: Decelerating to 1/2
2: Decelerating to 1/3
585 User Default setting of Original PPC 0 SYS 0: Text/Photo 1
interface mode (color) <0-4> 1: Text
2: Printed image
3: Photo
4: Map
586 Image Image quality switching PPC 0 SYS Selects the method of 1
when selecting the Image (black) <0-1> image processing when
Smoothing Mode the Image Smoothing is
selected in the original
modes.
0: Processing for
Image Smoothing
1: Processing when
judging as black in
the ACS Mode
587 User Default setting of Density PPC 1 SYS 0: Automatic 1
interface mode (color) <0-1> 1: Manual (Center)
588 User Default setting of Color PPC 1 SYS 0: Auto color 1
interface mode <0-2> 1: Black
2: Full color
589 Image Image quality switching PPC 1 SYS Selects the method of 1
when judging as black in (black) <0-1> image processing when
the ACS Mode the original is judged as
black in the ACS Mode.
0: Processing for
Image Smoothing
1: Processing when
judging as black in
the ACS Mode
595 Image Scanning operation switch- PPC 0 SYS 0: Scanning color/ 1
ing at automatic calibration (color) <0-1> black integrated pat-
tern
1: Scanning color pat-
tern only
597 Image Gamma correction table all PRT - SYS Initializes the status of 3
clearing (color) automatic gamma
adjustment in color
printing.
602 User Screen setting for auto- ALL EUR:0 SYS 0: OFF 1
interface matic energy saver/auto- UC:1 1: ON
matic power OFF JPN:1
<0-1>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 125
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
603 User Setting for automatic ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
interface duplexing mode <0-3> 1: Single-sided to
duplex copying
2: Two-sided to duplex
copying
3: User selection
604 User Default setting for APS/ ALL 0 SYS 0: APS (Automatic 1
interface AMS <0-2> Paper Selection)
1: AMS (Automatic
Magnification Selec-
tion)
2: Not selected
605 User Centering printing of pri- PPC 1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
interface mary/secondary direction <0-1> 1: Valid
at AMS
607 User Default setting of RADF PPC 0 SYS 0: Continuous feeding 1
interface mode <0-1> (by pressing the
[START] button)
1: Single feeding
(by setting original
on the tray)
609-0 Image Binarizing Step -2 ALL 88 SYS Sets the binarizing level 4
level setting <0-255> of each step.
609-1 (When judg- Step -1 ALL 108 SYS When the value 4
ing as black in <0-255> increases, the image
609-2 the ACS Step 0 ALL 148 SYS becomes darker. When 4
Mode) (center) <0-255> the value decreases,
the image becomes
609-3 Step +1 ALL 178 SYS lighter. 4
<0-255> * Refer to 08-268.
609-4 Step +2 ALL 208 SYS 4
<0-255>
610 User Key touch sound of control ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF 1
interface panel <0-1> 1: ON
611 User Book type original priority PPC 0 SYS 0: Left page to right 1
interface <0-1> page
1: Right page to left
page
612 General Summer time mode ALL 0 SYS 0: Not summer time 1
<0-1> 1: Summer time
613 User Paper size selection for PPC EUR: SYS Press the icon on the 9
interface [OTHER] button FOLIO LCD to select the size.
UC:
COMP
JPN:
A5-R
614 Network Local I/F time-out period ALL 6 SYS Sets the period of time 1
<1-50> when the job is judged
as completed in local I/
F printing (USB or par-
allel).
1: 1.0 sec.
2: 1.5 sec.
50: 25.5 sec.
(in increments of 0.5
sec.)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 126
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
615 General Size information of main ALL - SYS Displays the sizes of 2
memory and page memory the main memory and
page memory. Enables
to check if each mem- 2
ory is properly recog-
nized.
616 Counter Counting method in Twin ALL JPN: 1 SYS Sets the counting 1
Color Mode UC: 0 method in Twin Color
(Limitation Function) EUR: 0 Mode with the Limita-
<0-1> tion Function.
0: Count as color
1: Count as black
617 User Print setting without ALL 1 SYS 0: Printed forcibly 1
interface department code <0-2> 1: Not printed
2: Deleted forcibly
618 User Default setting of RADF PPC 0 SYS 0: Same size originals 1
interface original size <0-1> 1: Mixed size originals
619 Paper Time lag before auto-start ALL 4 SYS Sets the time taken to 1
feeding of bypass feeding <0-10> add paper feeding
when paper in the
bypass tray has run out
during the bypass feed
copying.
0: Paper is not drawn
in unless the
[START] button is
pressed.
1-10: Setting value x
0.5sec.
620 User Department management PPC 1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
interface setting (Copier) <0-1> 1: Valid
621 User Department management FAX 1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
interface setting (FAX) <0-1> 1: Valid
622 User Department management PRT 1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
interface setting (Printer) <0-1> 1: Valid
623 User Department management SCN 1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
interface setting (Scanner) <0-1> 1: Valid
624 User Department management PRT 1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
interface setting (List print) <0-1> 1: Valid
625 User Blank copying prevention PPC 0 SYS 0: OFF 1
interface mode during RADF jam- <0-1> 1: ON (Start printing
ming when the scanning
of each page is fin-
ished)
627 User Rotation printing at the ALL 0 SYS 0: Not rotating 1
interface nonsorting <0-1> 1: Rotating
628 User Direction priority of original PPC 0 SYS 0: Automatic 1
interface image <0-1> 1: Portrait
629 User Department management ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
interface setting <0-1> 1: Valid
632 User Automatic calibration dis- PPC 1 SYS Sets the disclosing level 1
interface closure level <0-2> of automatic calibration.
0: Service technician
1: Administrator
2: User

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 127
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
633 Data Releasing F200 service ALL 0 SYS 0: Not used 1
overwrite call <0-2> 1: Board installed
kit 2: Service call
634 User Inner receiving tray priority ALL 0 SYS 0: Normal 1
interface at Non-sort Mode <0-1> 1: Inner receiving tray
636 User Width setting for image PPC 0 SYS 0: ON 1
interface shift copying (linkage of <0-1> 1: OFF
front side and back side)
638 General Time differences ALL EUR: 24 SYS 0: +12.0h 1: +11.5h 1
UC: 40 2: +11.0h 3: +10.5h
JPN: 6 4: +10.0h 5: 9.5h
<0-47> 6: +9.0h 7: +8.5h
8: +8.0h 9: +7.5h
10: +7.0h 11: +6.5h
12: +6.0h 13: +5.5h
14: +5.0h 15: +4.5h
16: +4.0h 17: +3.5h
18: +3.0h 19: +2.5h
20: +2.0h 21: +1.5h
22: +1.0h 23: +0.5h
24: 0.0h 25:-0.5h
26: -1.0h 27: -1.5h
28: -2.0h 29: -2.5h
30: -3.0h 31: -3.5h
32: -4.0h 33: -4.5h
34: -5.0h 35: -5.5h
36: -6.0h 37: -6.5h
38: -7.0h 39: -7.5h
40: -8.0h 41: -8.5h
42: -9.0h 43: -9.5h
44: -10.0h 45: -10.5h
46: -11.0h 47: -11.5h
640 User Date display format ALL EUR:1 SYS 0: YYYY.MM.DD. 1
interface UC:2 1: DD.MM.YYYY
JPN:0 2: MM.DD.YYYY
<0-2>
641 User Automatic Sorting Mode PPC 2 SYS 0: Invalid 1
interface setting (RADF) <0-4> 1: STAPLE
2: SORT
3: GROUP
4: ROTATE SORT
642 User Default setting of Sorter PPC 0 SYS 0: NON-SORT 1
interface Mode <0-4> 1: STAPLE
2: SORT
3: GROUP
4: ROTATE SORT
643 User Color 1 at twin color selec- PPC 0 SYS 0: K 1: Y 2: M 1
interface tion (Select what color (color) <0-6> 3: C 4: R 5: G
black in original is copied) 6: B
644 User Color 2 at twin color selec- PPC 4 SYS 0: K 1: Y 2: M 1
interface tion (Select what color (color) <0-6> 3: C 4: R 5: G
other than black in original 6: B
is copied)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 128

05/11
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
645 User Correction of reproduction PPC 10 SYS Sets the reproduction 1
interface ratio in editing copy <0-10> ratio for the “X in 1”
printing (including mag-
azine sort) to the 2
“Reproduction ratio x
Correction ratio”.
0: 90% 1: 91%
2: 92% 3: 93%
4: 94% 5: 95%
6: 96% 7: 97%
8: 98% 9: 99%
10: 100%
646 User Image position in editing PPC 0 SYS Sets the page pasted 1
interface <0-1> position for “X in 1” to
the upper left corner/
center.
0: Cornering
1: Centering
648 User Returning finisher tray ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1
interface when printing is finished <0-1> returning the finisher
tray to the bin 1 when
printing is finished.
0: Not returned
1: Returned
649 User Magazine sort setting PPC 0 SYS 0: Left page to right 1
interface <0-1> page
1: Right page to left
page
650 User 2 in 1/4 in 1 page allocating PPC 0 SYS 0: Horizontal 1
interface order setting <0-1> 1: Vertical
651 User Printing format setting for PPC 2 SYS Hyphen 1
interface Time Stamp and Page <0-3> (with page number)
Number /Dropout
(with date, time and
page number)
0: OFF/OFF
1: ON/OFF
2: OFF/ON
3: ON/ON
Note:
Note:
Hyphen printing
format
ON: -1- OFF: 1
652 User Cascade operation setting PPC 0 SYS 0: OFF 1
interface <0-1> 1: ON
653 User Cascade operation setting PRT 0 SYS 0: OFF 1
interface <0-1> 1: ON
657 User Default setting of printing PPC 0 SYS 0: Short edge 1
interface direction for Time Stamp <0-1> 1: Long edge
and Page Number

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 129

05/07
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
658 User Auto-start setting for PRT 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1
interface bypass feed printing <0-1> feeding a paper auto-
matically into the copier
when it is placed on the
bypass tray.
0: OFF (Press the
[START] button to
start feeding.)
1: ON (Automatical
feeding)
659 User Auto-start setting for PPC 1 SYS Sets whether or not 1
interface bypass feed printing <0-1> feeding a paper auto-
matically into the copier
when it is placed on the
bypass tray.
0: OFF (Press the
[START] button to
start feeding.)
1: ON (Automatical
feeding)
660 Network Auto-forwarding setting of ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
received FAX <0-1> 1: Valid
661 Network Auto-forwarding setting of ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
received E-mail <0-1> 1: Valid
662 General Clearing of SMS partition ALL - SYS Clears SMS partition. 3
(Performs when the
service call [F106] has
occurred.)
663 Counter Counting method in Twin PPC 0 SYS Sets the counting 1
Color Mode <0-2> method of fee charging
or department count in
Twin Color Mode.
0: Count as Twin Color
Mode
1: Count as Black
Mode
2: Count as Full Color
Mode
665 General M/SYS all clearing ALL - M/ Initializes all the adjust- 3
SYS ment modes and setting
modes.
666 General BOX partition clearing ALL - SYS Initializes the Elec- 3
tronic Filing.
667 General /SHA partition clearing ALL - SYS Initializes the shared 3
folder.
669 General System all clearing ALL - SYS Initializes system 3
NVRAM area.
670 General HDD diagnostic menu dis- ALL - SYS Display the HDD infor- 2
play mation
(Chap. 5.3.6)
671 User Size indicator ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1: Valid 1
interface <0-1>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 130

05/11
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
672 General Initialization of department - - SYS Initializing of the depart- 3
management information ment management
information
* Enter the code with 2
the digital keys and
press the [INITIAL-
IZE] button to per-
form the
initialization.
If the area storing
the department
management infor-
mation is destroyed
for some reason,
“Enter Department
Code” is displayed
on the control panel
even if the depart-
ment management
function is not set
on. In this case, ini-
tialize the area with
this code. This area
is normally initial-
ized at the factory.
675-0 Paper Coated Paper Upper ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not 4
feeding Mode setting drawer <0-1> applying the Coated
for paper Paper Mode to each
source paper source.
0: Normal mode
675-1 Lower ALL 0 SYS 1: Coated Paper Mode 4
drawer <0-1> * Coated Paper Mode
- This mode is
selected when the
paper which often
675-2 PFP upper ALL 0 SYS causes the misfeed- 4
drawer <0-1> ing (ex. coated
paper) is used. The
occurrence of mis-
feeding is reduced
675-3 PFP lower ALL 0 SYS by lengthening the 4
drawer <0-1> jam detection time.
However, the print-
ing speed is low-
675-4 LCF ALL 0 SYS ered since the 4
<0-1> printing cycle is also
lengthened with the
lengthened jam
detection time.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 131
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
676 Paper Bypass copy printing PPC 0 SYS Sets whether or not dis- 1
feeding [COATED] button display <0-1> playing the [COATED]
button on the LCD
screen at bypass feed-
ing.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed (The
Coated Paper Mode
is applied by press-
ing the [COATED]
button at bypass
feeding.)
* Coated Paper Mode
- This mode is
selected when the
paper which often
causes the misfeed-
ing (ex. coated
paper) is used. The
occurrence of mis-
feeding is reduced
by lengthening the
jam detection time.
However, the print-
ing speed is low-
ered since the
printing cycle is also
lengthened with the
lengthened jam
detection time.
677-0 Paper Coated Paper Plain PRT 0 SYS Sets whether or not 4
feeding Mode setting paper <0-1> applying the Coated
at bypass Paper Mode on each
feeding paper type at bypass
677-1 Thick PRT 0 SYS printing. 4
paper 1 <0-1> 0: Normal mode
1: Coated Paper Mode
* Coated Paper Mode
677-2 Thick PRT 0 SYS - This mode is 4
paper 2 <0-1> selected when the
paper which often
causes the misfeed-
ing (ex. coated
677-3 Thick PRT 0 SYS paper) is used. The 4
paper 3 <0-1> occurrence of mis-
feeding is reduced
by lengthening the
677-4 OHP film PRT 0 SYS jam detection time. 4
<0-1> However, the print-
ing speed is low-
ered since the
677-5 Envelop PRT 0 SYS printing cycle is also 4
<0-1> lengthened with the
lengthened jam
detection time.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 132
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
678 General Setting of banner advertis- ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not dis- 1
ing display <0-1> playing the banner
advertising. The setting
contents of 08-679 and 2
08-680 are displayed at
the time display section
on the right top of the
screen. When both are
set, each content is dis-
played alternately.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
679 General Banner advertising display ALL - SYS Maximum 27 letters 11
1 (one-byte character)
680 General Banner advertising display ALL - SYS Maximum 27 letters 11
2 (one-byte character)
681 General Display of [BANNER MES- ALL 0 SYS 0: Not displayed 1
SAGE] button <0-1> 1: Displayed
* This button enables
the entry of “Banner
advertising display 1
(08-679)” and “Ban-
ner advertising dis-
play 2 (08-680)” on
the control panel.
682 Use Offsetting between jobs ALL 1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
interface <0-1> 1: Valid
683 General Duplex printing setting ALL 1 SYS When the duplex print- 1
when coin controller is <0-1> ing is short paid with a
used coin controller, reverse
side of the original is
not printed and is con-
sidered as a defect
(printing job may be
cleared). To solve this
problem, the selection
of printing method is
enabled with this set-
ting.
0: Invalid (Both sides
printed)
1: Valid (Only one side
printed)
684 General Rebuilding all databases ALL - SYS Rebuilds all databases. 3
685 General Rebuilding all databases ALL - SYS Rebuilds all databases 3
related to Address Book related to the Address
Book.
686 General Rebuilding all databases ALL - SYS Rebuilds all databases 3
related to log related to the logs.
689 FAX Adaptation of paper source FAX 0 SYS 0: Not subjected for 1
priority selection <0-1> APS judgment
1: Subjected for APS
judgment
690 General HDD formatting ALL - SYS 2: Normal formatting 7
<2>
691 General HDD type display ALL - SYS 0: Not formatted 7
<0-2> 1: Not used
2: Normal format

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 133

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
692 Mainte- Performing panel calibra- ALL - SYS Performs the calibration 1
nance tion of the pressing position
on the touch panel
(LCD screen). The cali-
bration is performed by
pressing 2 reference
positions after this code
is started up.
693 General Initialization of NIC infor- ALL - SYS Returns the value to the 3
mation factory shipping default
value.
694 General Performing HDD testing ALL - SYS Checks the bad sector. 3
696 Scram- Installation of scrambler ALL 0 - 0: Not installed 2
bler board (Option) <0-1> 1: Installed
board
697 Paper Paper type priority PPC 1 SYS Sets the paper type pri- 1
feeding <1-2> ority during copying.
1: Normal paper
2: Thick paper 1
698 Scram- Entering the key code for ALL - - Start up this code and 5
bler scrambler board have the user enter the
board key code.
Once the key code has
been set, this code can-
not be set again on
security grounds.
699 Scram- Erasing all data in HDD ALL - - This setting is effective 3
bler only when the scram-
board bler board is installed.
701 FAX Destination setting for FAX FAX EUR: 5 SYS 0: Japan 1
UC: 4 1: Asia
JPN: 0 2: Australia
Other: 1 3: Hong Kong
<0-25> 4: U.S.A./Canada
5: Germany
6: U.K.
7: Italy
8: Belgium
9: Netherlands
10: Finland
11: Spain
12: Austria
13: Switzerland
14: Sweden
15: Denmark
16: Norway
17: Portugal
18: France
19: Greece
20: Poland
21: Hungary
22: Czech
23: Turkey
24: South Africa
25: Taiwan

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 134
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
702 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 2 SYS 0: Valid (Remote-con- 1
nance function <0-2> trolled server)
1: Valid (L2)
2: Invalid 2
703 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL - SYS Maximum 256 Bytes 11
nance HTTP server
URL setting
704-0 Interruption of Copying ALL 1 SYS 0: Continues printing 4
stapling oper- <0-1> by switching sort
ation (no sta- setting
ple) 1: Interrupts printing
704-1 Printing / ALL 0 SYS 0: Continues printing 4
BOX print- <0-1> by switching sort
ing setting
1: Interrupts printing
707 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL https:// SYS Maximum 256 Bytes 11
nance HTTP initially-registered device.mf
server p-sup-
URL setting port.com:
443/
device/fir-
streg-
ist.ashx
710 Mainte- Short time interval setting ALL 24 SYS Sets the time interval to 1
nance of recovery from Emer- <1-48> recover from the Emer-
(Remote) gency Mode gency Mode to the Nor-
mal Mode.
(Unit: Hour)
711 Mainte- Short time interval setting ALL 60 SYS Unit: Minute 1
nance of Emergency Mode <30-360>
715 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 1230 SYS 0 (0:00) to 2359 (23:59) 1
nance periodical polling timing
(Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute)
716 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Prohibited 1
nance Writing data of self-diag- <0-1> 1: Accepted
nostic code
717 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 3 SYS Unit: Minute 1
nance response waiting time <1-30>
(Timeout)
718 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF 1
nance initial registration <0-2> 1: Start
2: Only certification is
scanned
719 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL - SYS Maximum 10 letters 11
nance tentative password
720 Mainte- Status of remote-con- ALL 0 SYS 0: Not registered 2
nance trolled service initial regis- <0-1> 1: Registered
tration (Display only)
721 Mainte- Service center call function ALL 2 SYS 0: OFF 1
nance <0-2> 1: Notifies all service
calls
2: Notifies all but
paper jams
723 Mainte- Service center call HTTP ALL - SYS Maximum 256 letters 11
nance server URL setting
726 Mainte- HTTP proxy setting ALL 1 SYS 0: Valid 1
nance <0-1> 1: Invalid

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 135

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
727 Mainte- HTTP proxy IP address ALL - SYS 000.000.000.000 - 11
nance setting 255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
728 Mainte- HTTP proxy port number ALL 0 SYS 1
nance setting <0-
65535>
729 Mainte- HTTP proxy ID setting ALL - SYS Maximum 30 letters 11
nance
730 Mainte- HTTP proxy password set- ALL - SYS Maximum 30 letters 11
nance ting
731 Mainte- HTTP proxy panel display ALL 1 SYS 0: Valid 1
nance <0-1> 1: Invalid
732 Mainte- Automatic ordering func- ALL 3 SYS 0: Ordered by FAX 1
nance tion of supplies <0-3> 1: Ordered by E-mail
(Remote) 2: Ordered by HTTP
3: OFF
733 Mainte- Automatic ordering func- ALL - SYS Maximum 32 digits 11
nance tion of supplies Enter hyphen with the
(Remote) FAX number [Monitor/Pause] button
734 Mainte- Automatic ordering func- ALL - SYS Maximum 192 letters 11
nance tion of supplies List: 256 digits
(Remote) E-mail address
738 Mainte- Automatic ordering func- ALL SYS Maximum 50 letters 11
nance tion of supplies
(Remote) User's name
739 Mainte- Automatic ordering func- ALL SYS Maximum 32 digits 11
nance tion of supplies Enter hyphen with the
(Remote) User's telephone number [Monitor/Pause] button
740 Mainte- Automatic ordering func- ALL SYS Maximum 192 letters 11
nance tion of supplies List: 256 digits
(Remote) User's E-mail address
741 Mainte- Automatic ordering func- ALL SYS Maximum 100 letters 11
nance tion of supplies
(Remote) User's address
742 Mainte- Automatic ordering func- ALL SYS Maximum 5 digits 11
nance tion of supplies
(Remote) Service number
743 Mainte- Automatic ordering func- ALL SYS Maximum 50 letters 11
nance tion of supplies
(Remote) Service technician's name
744 Mainte- Automatic ordering func- ALL SYS Maximum 32 digits 11
nance tion of supplies Enter hyphen with the
(Remote) Service technician's tele- [Monitor/Pause] button
phone number
745 Mainte- Automatic ordering func- ALL SYS Maximum 192 letters 11
nance tion of supplies List: 256 digits
(Remote) Service technician's E-mail
address
746 Mainte- Automatic ordering func- ALL SYS Maximum 50 letters 11
nance tion of supplies
(Remote) Supplier's name
747 Mainte- Automatic ordering func- ALL SYS Maximum 100 letters 11
nance tion of supplies
(Remote) Supplier's address

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 136
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
748 Mainte- Automatic ordering func- ALL SYS Maximum 128 letters 11
nance tion of supplies
(Remote) Notes
749 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL SYS Maximum 20 digits 11 2
nance Part number of toner car-
(Remote) tridge C
750 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL 1 SYS 1
nance Order quantity of toner car- <1-99>
(Remote) tridge C
751 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL 1 SYS 1
nance Condition number of toner <1-99>
(Remote) cartridge C
752 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL SYS Maximum 20 digits 11
nance Part number of toner car-
(Remote) tridge M
753 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL 1 SYS 1
nance Order quantity of toner car- <1-99>
(Remote) tridge M
754 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL 1 SYS 1
nance Condition number of toner <1-99>
(Remote) cartridge M
755 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL - SYS Maximum 20 digits 11
nance Part number of toner car-
(Remote) tridge Y
756 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL 1 SYS 1
nance Order quantity of toner car- <1-99>
(Remote) tridge Y
757 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL 1 SYS 1
nance Condition number of toner <1-99>
(Remote) cartridge Y
758 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL - SYS Maximum 20 digits 11
nance Part number of toner car-
(Remote) tridge K
759 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL 1 SYS 1
nance Order quantity of toner car- <1-99>
(Remote) tridge K
760 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL 1 SYS 1
nance Condition number of toner <1-99>
(Remote) cartridge K
761 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL - SYS Maximum 20 digits 11
nance Part number of toner bag
(Remote)
762 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL 1 SYS 1
nance Order quantity of toner bag <1-99>
(Remote)
763 Mainte- Information about supplies ALL 1 SYS 1
nance Condition number of toner <1-99>
(Remote) bag
764 Mainte- Automatic ordering sup- ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF 1
nance plies <0-2> 1: Always
(Remote) Result table printout 2: ON Error
765 Mainte- Automatic ordering sup- ALL 2 SYS 0: Valid 1
nance plies <0-2> (FAX/Internet FAX)
(Remote) Display 1: Valid
(FAX/Internet FAX/
HTTP)
2: Invalid

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 137
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
767 Mainte- Service Notification setting ALL 0 SYS Enables to set up to 3 1
nance <0-2> E-mail
(Remote) addresses to be sent.
(08-768, 777, 778)
0: Invalid
1: Valid (E-mail)
2: Valid (FAX)
768 Mainte- Destination E-mail address ALL - SYS Maximum 192 letters 11
nance 1
(Remote)
769 Mainte- Total counter information ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance transmission setting <0-1> 1: Valid
(Remote)
770 Mainte- Total counter transmission ALL 1 SYS 1 to 31 1
nance date setting <1-31>
(Remote)
771 Mainte- PM counter notification set- ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance ting <0-1> 1: Valid
(Remote)
772 Mainte- Dealer's name ALL - SYS Maximum 100 letters 11
nance Needed at initial regis-
tration
773 Mainte- Login name ALL - SYS Maximum 20 letters 11
nance Needed at initial regis-
tration
774 Mainte- Display setting of [Service ALL 0 SYS 0: Not displayed 1
nance Notification] button <0-1> 1: Displayed
(Remote)
775 Mainte- Sending error contents of ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance equipment <0-1> 1: Valid
(Remote)
776 Mainte- Setting total counter trans- ALL - SYS 1
nance mission interval
(Remote) (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute)
777 Mainte- Destination E-mail address ALL - SYS Maximum 192 letters 11
nance 2
(Remote)
778 Mainte- Destination E-mail address ALL - SYS Maximum 192 letters 11
nance 3
(Remote)
780 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF 1
nance polling day selection Day-1 <0-31> 1 to 31:
1st to 31st of a
month
781 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF 1
nance polling day selection Day-2 <0-31> 1 to 31:
1st to 31st of a
month
782 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF 1
nance polling day selection Day-3 <0-31> 1 to 31:
1st to 31st of a
month
783 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF 1
nance polling day selection Day-4 <0-31> 1 to 31:
1st to 31st of a
month

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 138

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
784 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance polling day selection Sun- <0-1> 1: Valid
day
785 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 2
nance polling day selection Mon- <0-1> 1: Valid
day
786 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance polling day selection Tues- <0-1> 1: Valid
day
787 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance polling day selection <0-1> 1: Valid
Wednesday
788 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance polling day selection <0-1> 1: Valid
Thursday
789 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance polling day selection Friday <0-1> 1: Valid
790 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance polling day selection Satur- <0-1> 1: Valid
day
791 Mainte- Information of supplies set- ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance ting of toner cartridge C <0-1> 1: Valid
792 Mainte- Information of supplies set- ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance ting of toner cartridge M <0-1> 1: Valid
793 Mainte- Information of supplies set- ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance ting of toner cartridge Y <0-1> 1: Valid
794 Mainte- Information of supplies set- ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance ting of toner cartridge K <0-1> 1: Valid
795 Mainte- Information of supplies set- ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance ting of toner bag <0-1> 1: Valid
796 Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
nance lengthened interval polling <0-1> 1: Valid
(End of month)
797 Mainte- Firmware download ALL 0 SYS 0: Accepted 1
nance <0-1> 1: Prohibited
816 Transfer 1st transfer roller bias ALL 1 M 0: Disabled 1
resistance detection con- <0-1> 1: Enabled
trol
817 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias ALL 1 M 0: Disabled 1
temperature detection con- <0-1> 1: Enabled
trol
818 Transfer Temperature correction ALL JPN: 1 M 0: No Damp Heater 1
factor table setting UC: 0 1: Damp Heater
EUR: 0 installed
Others: 1
<0-1>
819-0 Develop- Color auto- Y ALL 256 M Sets the target output 4
ment toner sensor (color) <0-1023> value of color auto-
819-1 output setting M ALL 256 M toner sensor to the 4
for initial (color) <0-1023> sleeve in the auto-toner
819-2 developer C ALL 256 M control. (This is set 4
material (color) <0-1023> when performing the
automatic adjustment of
auto-toner sensor.)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 139

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
820-0 Develop- Color auto- Y ALL - M Displays the output 4
ment toner sensor (color) <0-1023> value of the color auto-
820-1 output M ALL - M toner sensor to the 4
display for (color) <0-1023> sleeve in color printing.
820-2 developer C ALL - M 4
material (color) <0-1023>
821 Develop- ON/OFF of the mode for ALL 0 M Sets whether or not 1
ment developer material stabili- (color) <0-1> performing an aging to
zation stabilize the status of
developer material
when the toner density
is uneven or the toner
charging amount is low-
ered.
0: ON
1: OFF
822-0 Develop- Number of Y ALL 0 M Displays the number of 4
ment times the (color) <0-255> times the developer
822-1 mode for M ALL 0 M material stabilization is 4
developer (color) <0-255> performed.
822-2 material stabi- C ALL 0 M 4
lization is per- (color) <0-255>
formed
823-0 Develop- Color auto- Y ALL 0 M Displays “1” when the 4
ment toner sensor/ (color) <0-1> abnormal output volt-
light amount age is detected for the
823-1 correction M ALL 0 M color auto-toner sensor 4
voltage abnor- (color) <0-1> light amount correction.
mal detection ([CF40] error)
823-2 C ALL 0 M 0: Normal 4
(color) <0-1> 1: Abnormality
detected
824-0 Develop- Color auto- Y ALL 0 M Displays “1” when the 4
ment toner sensor/ (color) <0-1> abnormal toner density
824-1 toner density M ALL 0 M detection voltage is 4
detection volt- (color) <0-1> detected. ([CF20] error)
824-2 age abnormal C ALL 0 M 0: Normal 4
detection (color) <0-1> 1: Abnormality
detected
849 Fuser Fusing control switching for ALL Other M 1
TWD and SAD models than
TWD and
SAD: 0
TWD and
SAD: 1
<0-1>
858-0 Develop- Color toner Y ALL 0 M Becomes “1” when the 14
ment forced supply (color) <0-1> toner density decreases
858-1 level display M ALL 0 M and it is judged forced 14
(color) <0-1> toner supply is needed.
858-2 C ALL 0 M 0: Normal level 14
(color) <0-1> 1: Forced supply level

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 140
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
859-0 Develop- Toner empty Y ALL 0 M Becomes “1” when 14
ment detection (color) <0-1> detecting the toner
859-1 M ALL 0 M empty. 14
(color) <0-1> 0: Normal 2
859-2 C ALL 0 M 1: Empty detected 14
(color) <0-1>
860-0 Develop- Color auto- Upper limit ALL 20 M Sets the range for judg- 4
ment toner sensor/ (color) <0-1023> ing whether the sensor
860-1 proper range Lower limit ALL 0 M output value when the 4
setting of OFF (color) <0-1023> sensor light source is
level voltage OFF is correct
or not.
861-0 Develop- Color auto- Upper limit ALL 205 M Sets the range for judg- 4
ment toner sensor/ (color) <0-255> ing whether the adjust-
proper range ment result of sensor
861-1 setting of Lower limit ALL 40 M light amount is correct 4
standard light (color) <0-255> or not.
amount volt-
age
862-0 Develop- Color auto- Upper limit ALL 950 M Sets the range for judg- 4
ment toner sensor/ (color) <0-1023> ing whether the sensor
proper range output value for the ref-
862-1 setting of ref- Lower limit ALL 205 M erence plate is correct 4
erence plate (color) <0-1023> or not.
output
863-0 Develop- Color auto- Upper limit ALL 450 M Sets the range for judg- 4
ment toner sensor/ (color) <0-1023> ing whether the sensor
proper range output value for the
863-1 setting of Lower limit ALL 155 M sleeve is correct or not. 4
developer out- (color) <0-1023>
put
864 Develop- Color auto-toner sensor/ ALL - M Displays the sensor 2
ment sensor OFF output value (color) <0-1023> output value when the
display at power ON sensor light source is
OFF at power ON.
865 Develop- Color auto-toner sensor/ ALL - M Displays the sensor 2
ment reference plate output (color) <0-1023> output value with the
value display at power ON standard light amount
for the reference plate
at power ON.
866-0 Develop- Color auto- Upper limit ALL 820 M Sets the range for judg- 4
ment toner sensor/ (color) <0-1023> ing whether the differ-
abnormal ence between the
detection sensor output when the
866-1 Develop- potential dif- Lower limit ALL 205 M sensor light source is 4
ment ference set- (color) <0-1023> OFF and the sensor
ting of output for the reference
reference plate is correct or not.
plate output
867 Develop- Color auto-toner control ALL 0 M Sets whether the sen- 1
ment environment and life light (color) <0-1> sor light amount is cor-
amount correction setting rected or not depending
on the environment and
life.
0: Correction
1: No correction

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 141
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
868 Develop- Color auto-toner adjust- ALL 4 M Sets the difference from 1
ment ment finishing range set- (color) <0-255> the target value for
ting judging whether the
color auto-toner adjust-
ment finishes correctly
or not.
869 Develop- Color auto-toner control ALL 5 M Sets the difference from 1
ment environment and life light (color) <0-255> the target value for
amount correction/correc- judging whether the
tion finishing range setting light amount correction
finishes correctly or not.
870 Develop- Color auto-toner sensor/ ALL 3 M Sets the number of 1
ment setting of number of times (color) <0-255> times of continuous
of error detection at light error detection before
amount correction the light amount correc-
tion abnormality is dis-
played.
871 Develop- Color auto-toner control ALL 0 M Displays the number of 2
ment environment and life light (color) <0-255> times of the reference
amount correction/display plate detection error for
of number of times of refer- the environment and life
ence plate detection error light amount correction.
872 Develop- Color auto-toner control ALL 0 M Displays the number of 2
ment environment and life light (color) <0-255> times of the light
amount correction/display amount control voltage
of number of times of light adjustment error for the
amount control voltage environment and life
adjustment error light amount correction.
873-0 Develop- Color auto- Y ALL 256 M Sets the initial devel- 4
ment toner control/ (color) <0-1023> oper output target
873-1 Develop- developer ini- M ALL 256 M value. 4
ment tial output set- (color) <0-1023>
873-2 Develop- ting C ALL 256 M 4
ment (color) <0-1023>
874 Develop- Color developer life correc- ALL 0 M Sets whether the toner 1
ment tion (color) <0-1> density detection volt-
age correction is per-
formed or not
depending on the
developer life in the
color auto-toner control.
0: Corrected
1: Not corrected
875-0 Develop- Color devel- Y ALL 0 M Sets the correction 4
ment oper life cor- (color) <-512- amount of the toner
rection value 511> density detection volt-
875-1 (segment 0) M ALL 0 M age depending on the 4
(color) <-512- developer life. In this
511> code, the life count
875-2 C ALL 0 M within 0-2000 is set as 4
(color) <-512- the correction amount.
511>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 142
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
876-0 Develop- Color devel- Y ALL -4 M Sets the correction 4
ment oper life cor- (color) <-512- amount of the toner
rection value 511> density detection volt-
876-1 (segment 1) M ALL -2 M age depending on the 4 2
(color) <-512- developer life. In this
511> code, the life count
876-2 C ALL -2 M within 2001-5000 is set 4
(color) <-512- as the correction
511> amount.
877-0 Develop- Color devel- Y ALL -6 M Sets the correction 4
ment oper life cor- (color) <-512- amount of the toner
rection value 511> density detection volt-
877-1 (segment 2) M ALL -3 M age depending on the 4
(color) <-512- developer life. In this
511> code, the life count
877-2 C ALL -3 M within 5001-10000 is 4
(color) <-512- set as the correction
511> amount.
878-0 Develop- Color devel- Y ALL -8 M Sets the correction 4
ment oper life cor- (color) <-512- amount of the toner
rection value 511> density detection volt-
878-1 (segment 3) M ALL -4 M age depending on the 4
(color) <-512- developer life. In this
511> code, the life count
878-2 C ALL -4 M within 10001-20000 is 4
(color) <-512- set as the correction
511> amount.
879-0 Develop- Color devel- Y ALL -10 M Sets the correction 4
ment oper life cor- (color) <-512- amount of the toner
rection value 511> density detection volt-
879-1 (segment 4) M ALL -5 M age depending on the 4
(color) <-512- developer life. In this
511> code, the life count
879-2 C ALL -5 M within 20001-30000 is 4
(color) <-512- set as the correction
511> amount.
880-0 Develop- Color devel- Y ALL -12 M Sets the correction 4
ment oper life cor- (color) <-512- amount of the toner
rection value 511> density detection volt-
880-1 (segment 5) M ALL -6 M age depending on the 4
(color) <-512- developer life. In this
511> code, the life count
880-2 C ALL -6 M within 30001-37500 is 4
(color) <-512- set as the correction
511> amount.
881-0 Develop- Color devel- Y ALL -12 M Sets the correction 4
ment oper life cor- (color) <-512- amount of the toner
rection value 511> density detection volt-
881-1 (segment 6) M ALL -6 M age depending on the 4
(color) <-512- developer life. In this
511> code, the life count
881-2 C ALL -6 M 37501 or more is set as 4
(color) <-512- the correction amount.
511>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 143
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
900 Version System firmware ROM ver- ALL - - JPN: T410SY0JXXX 2
sion UC: T410SY0UXXX
EUR: T410SY0EXXX
Others: T410SY0XXXX
903 Version Engine ROM version ALL - - 410M-XXX 2
905 Version Scanner ROM version ALL - - 410S-XXX 2
907 Version RADF ROM version ALL - - DF-XXXX 2
908 Version Finisher ROM version ALL - - SDL-XX FIN-XX 2
911 Version Finisher punch ROM ver- ALL - - PUN-XXX 2
sion
915 Version FAX board ROM version FAX - - F562-XXX 2
920 Version FROM basic section soft- ALL - - VX.XX/X.XX 2
ware version
921 Version FROM internal program ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
922 Version UI data fixed section ver- ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
sion
923 Version UI data common section ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
version
924 Version Version of UI data lan- ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
guage 1 in HDD
925 Version Version of UI data lan- ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
guage 2 in HDD
926 Version Version of UI data lan- ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
guage 3 in HDD
927 Version Version of UI data lan- ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
guage 4 in HDD
928 Version Version of UI data lan- ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
guage 5 in HDD
929 Version Version of UI data lan- ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
guage 6 in HDD
930 Version Version of UI data in ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
FROM displayed at power-
ON
931 Version Version of UI data lan- ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
guage 7 in HDD
933 Version Web data whole version ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
934 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
Version: Language 1
935 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
Version: Language 2
936 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
Version: Language 3
937 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
Version: Language 4
938 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
Version: Language 5
939 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL - - VXXX.XXX X 2
Version: Language 6
944 Version HD version ALL - - JPN: T410HD0JXXX 2
UC: T410HD0UXXX
EUR: T410HD0EXXX
Others: T410HD0XXXX
945 Network Two-way setting of Raw- ALL 2 UTY 1: Valid 12
Port 9100 <1-2> 2: Invalid

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 144

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
947 General Initialization after software ALL - - Perform this code when 3
version upgrade the software in this
equipment has been
upgraded. 2
949 General Automatic interruption ALL 0 SYS Sets the number of 1
page setting during black <0-100> pages to interrupt the
printing printing automatically.
0-100: 0 to 100 pages
950 Elec- Start-up method of Elec- ALL 0 SYS Sets the start-up 1
tronic tronic Filing <0-2> method of the Elec-
filing tronic Filing.
0: Standard
1: Forced start-up
(Not recovered)
2: Forced start-up
(Recovered)
951 User Image setting for Electronic ALL 0 SYS 0: General 1
interface Filing printing (Only for <0-3> 1: Photograph
color image) 2: Presentation
3: Line art
953 User Access code entry for ALL 0 SYS 0: Renewed automati- 1
interface Electronic Filing printing <0-1> cally
1: Enter every time
954 User Clearing timing for files and ALL 1 SYS 0: Immediately after 1
interface Electronic Filing Agent <0-1> the completion of
scanning
1: Cleared by Auto
Clear
969 User Error sound ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF 1
interface <0-1> 1: ON
970 User Sound setting when ALL EUR: 1 SYS 0: OFF 1
interface switching to Energy Saving UC: 1 1: ON
Mode JPN: 0
<0-1>
973 Network PCL line feed code setting PRT 0 SYS Sets the PCL line feed 1
<0-3> code.
0: Automatic setting
1: CR=CR, LF=LF
2: CR=CR+LF, LF=LF
3: CR=CR, LF=CR+LF
975 General Job handling when print- ALL 1 SYS Sets whether pause or 1
ing is short paid with coin <0-1> stop the printing job
controller when it is short paid
using a coin controller.
0: Pause the job
1: Stop the job
976 Scanning Equipment name and user ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1
name setting to a folder <0-2> adding the equipment
when saving files name and user name to
the folder when saving
files.
0: Not add
1: Add the equipment
name
2: Add the user name

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 145

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
978 Network Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: AUTO 1
(Paper feeding drawer) <0-5> 1: Upper drawer
2: Lower drawer
3: PFP upper drawer
4: PFP lower drawer
5: LCF
979 Network Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: Roman-8 1
(PCL symbol set) <0-39> 1: ISO 8859/1 Latin 1
2: ISO 8859/2 Latin 2
3: ISO 8859/9 Latin 5
4: PC-8, Code Page
437
5: PC-8 D/N, Danish/
Norwegian
6: PC-850, Multilingual
7: PC-852, Latin2
8: PC-8 Turkish
9: Windows 3.1 Latin 1
10: Windows 3.1 Latin 2
11: Windows 3.1 Latin 5
12: DeskTop
13: PS Text
14: Ventura Interna-
tional
15: Ventura US
16: Microsoft Publishing
17: Math-8
18: PS Math
19: Ventura Math
20: Pi Font
21: Legal
22: ISO 4: United King-
dom
23: ISO 6: ASCII
24: ISO 11
25: ISO 15: Italian
26: ISO 17
27: ISO 21: German
28: ISO 60: Danish/Nor-
wegian
29: ISO 69: French
30: Windows 3.0 Latin 1
31: MC Text
32: PC Cyrillic
33: ITC Zapf Dingbats
34: ISO 8859/10 Latin 6
35: PC-775
36: PC-1004
37: Symbol
38: Windows Baltic
39: Wingdings
983 User JOB STATUS initial screen ALL 0 SYS 0: Print 1
interface setting <0-1> 1: Private
986 General Copy function setting PPC 0 SYS Sets the copy function 1
<0-1> to be invalid.
0: Valid
1: Invalid

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 146

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
988 Paper Setting of paper size ALL 0 SYS 0: Not switched 1
feeding switching to 13" LG <0-2> 1: LG 13"LG
2: FOLIO 13"LG
995 Mainte- Equipment number ALL 0 SYS This code can be also 11 2
nance (serial number) display <10 dig- keyed in from the
its> adjustment mode (05-
976).
10 digits
999 Mainte- FSMS total counter ALL 0 SYS Refer to values of total 1
nance <8 digits> counter.
1002 Network Selection of NIC board sta- ALL 1 NIC 1: Not printed out 12
tus information <1-2> when the copier is
restarted
2: Printed out when
the copier is
restarted
1003 Network Communication speed and ALL 1 NIC 1: Auto 12
settings of Ethernet <1-5> 2: 10MBPS Half
Duplex
3: 10MBPS Full
Duplex
4: 100MBPS Half
Duplex
5: 100MBPS Full
Duplex
1006 Network Address Mode ALL 2 NIC 1: Fixed IP address 12
<1-3> 2: Dynamic IP address
3: Dynamic IP address
without AutoIP
1007 Network Domain name ALL - NIC Maximum 96 letters 12
1008 Network IP address ALL - NIC 000.000.000.000- 12
255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
1009 Network Subnet mask ALL - NIC 000.000.000.000- 12
255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
1010 Network Gateway ALL - NIC 000.000.000.000- 12
255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
1011 Network Availability of IPX ALL 1 NIC 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available
1012 Network Network frame type ALL 1 NIC 1: Automatic 12
<1-5> 2: IEEE802.3
3: Ethernet II
4: IEEE802.3 SNAP
5: IEEE802.2
1014 Network Availability of AppleTalk ALL 1 NIC 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available
1015 Network Zone setting of AppleTalk ALL * NIC Maximum 32 letters 12
*: Wildcard character
1016 Network Availability of LDAP ALL 1 NIC 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available
1017 Network Availability of DNS ALL 1 NIC 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 147
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1018 Network IP address to DNS server ALL - NIC 000.000.000.000- 12
(Primary) 255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
1019 Network IP address to DNS server ALL - NIC 000.000.000.000- 12
(Secondary) 255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
1020 Network DDNS Desired level ALL 1 NIC 1: Invalid 12
<1-5> 2: Via DHCP
3: Insecure DDNS
4: Secure DDNS
5: Multi-secure DDNS
1022 Network From Name Creation set- ALL 0 SYS 0: Not edited 1
ting in SMTP authentica- <0-1> 1: Account name of
tion From Address
+Device name
1023 Network NetBios name ALL MFP_ UTY Maximum 15 letters 12
serial The network-related
serial number of the
equipment appears at
"serial"
1024 Network Name of WINS server or IP ALL - UTY 000.000.000.000- 12
address (Primary) 255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
1025 Network Name of WINS server or IP ALL - UTY 000.000.000.000- 12
address (Secondary) 255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
1026 Network Availability of Bindery ALL 1 NIC 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available
1027 Network Availability of NDS ALL 1 NIC 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available
1028 Network Directory service context ALL - NIC Maximum 127 letters 12
1029 Network Directory service tree ALL - NIC Maximum 47 letters 12
1030 Network Availability of HTTP server ALL 1 NIC 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available
1031 Network Port number to NIC HTTP ALL 80 NIC 12
server <1-
65535>
1032 Network Port number to system ALL 8080 NIC 12
HTTP server <1-
65535>
1037 Network Availability of SMTP client ALL 1 NIC 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available
1038 Network FQDN or IP address to ALL - NIC Maximum 128 Bytes 12
SMTP server
1039 Network TCP port number of SMTP ALL 25 NIC 12
client <1-
65535>
1040 Network Availability of SMTP server ALL 1 UTY 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available
1041 Network TCP port number of SMTP ALL 25 UTY 12
server <1-
65535>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 148

05/11
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1042 Network E-mail box name to SMTP ALL - UTY Maximum 192 letters 12
server
1043 Network Availability of Offramp ALL 2 UTY 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available 2
1044 Network Offramp security ALL 1 UTY 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available
1045 Network Printing at Offramp ALL 1 UTY 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available
1046 Network Availability of POP3 clients ALL 1 NIC 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available
1047 Network FQDN or IP address to ALL - NIC Maximum 128 Bytes 12
POP3 server
1048 Network Types of POP3 server ALL 1 NIC 1: Automatic 12
<1-3> 2: POP3
3: APOP
1049 Network Login name to POP3 ALL - NIC Maximum 96 letters 12
server
1050 Network Login password to POP3 ALL - NIC Maximum 96 letters 12
1051 Network E-mail reception interval ALL 5 NIC Unit: Minute 12
<0-4096>
1052 Network TCP port number of POP3 ALL 110 NIC 12
client <1-
65535>
1055 Network TCP port number of FTP ALL 21 UTY 12
client <1-
65535>
1059 Network Availability of FTP server ALL 1 NIC 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available
1060 Network TCP port number of FTP ALL 21 UTY 12
server <1-
65535>
1063 Network MIB function ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid 12
<1-2> 2: Invalid
1065 Network Setting of read Community ALL public NIC Maximum 31 letters 12
1066 Network Setting of read/Write Com- ALL private NIC Maximum 31 letters 12
munity
1069 Network TRAP destination IP ALL - UTY 000.000.000.000- 12
address 255.255.255.255
(Default value
000.000.000.000)
1070 Network Community setting of ALL public NIC Maximum 31 letters 12
TRAP (via IP)
1073 Network Availability of Raw/TCP ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid 12
<1-2> 2: Invalid
1074 Network TCP port number of Raw ALL 9100 NIC 12
<1-
65535>
1075 Network Availability of LPD client ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid 12
<1-2> 2: Invalid
1076 Network TCP port number of LPD ALL 515 NIC 12
<1-
65535>
1077 Network LPD queue name ALL - NIC Maximum 31 letters 12
1078 Network Availability of IPP ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid 12
<1-2> 2: Invalid

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 149
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1079 Network Availability of IPP port ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid 12
number “80” <1-2> 2: Invalid
1080 Network TCP port number of IPP ALL 631 NIC 12
<1-
65535>
1081 Network IPP printer name ALL MFP_ NIC Maximum 127 letters 12
serial The network-related
serial number of the
equipment appears at
"serial"
1082 Network IPP printer location ALL - NIC Maximum 127 letters 12
1083 Network IPP printer information ALL - NIC Maximum 127 letters 12
1084 Network IPP printer information ALL - NIC Maximum 127 letters 12
(more)
1085 Network Installer of IPP printer ALL - NIC Maximum 127 letters 12
driver
1086 Network IPP printer “Make and ALL - NIC Maximum 127 letters 12
Model”
1087 Network IPP printer information ALL - NIC Maximum 127 letters 12
(more)
MFGR
1088 Network IPP message from opera- ALL - NIC Maximum 127 letters 12
tor
1089 Network Availability of FTP print ALL 1 NIC 1: Available 12
<1-2> 2: Not available
1090 Network Printer user name of FTP ALL print NIC Maximum 31 letters 12
1091 Network Printer user password of ALL - NIC Maximum 31 letters 12
FTP
1092 Network TCP port number to FTP ALL 21 NIC 12
print server <1-
65535>
1093 Network Login name to Novell print ALL MFP_ NIC Maximum 47 letters 12
server serial The network-related
serial number of the
equipment appears at
"serial"
1094 Network Login password to Novell ALL - NIC Maximum 31 letters 12
print server
1095 Network Name of SearchRoot ALL - NIC Maximum 31 letters 12
server
1096 Network Scan rate setting of print ALL 5 NIC Unit: Second 12
queue <1-255>
1097 Network Page number limitation for ALL 5 UTY 12
printing text of received <1-99>
Email
1098 Network MDN return mail setting ALL 2 UTY 1: Valid 12
when receiving E-mail <1-2> 2: Invalid
1099 Network Trap destination of IPX ALL - UTY 24 letters 12
(Valid from 0 to 9 and
from A to F)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 150

05/11
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1100 Network Method of SMTP server ALL 1 NIC 1: Disable 12
authentication <1-7,10> 2: Plain
3: Login
4; Cram-MD5 2
5: Digest MD5
6: Kerberos
7: NTLM
10: Auto
1101 Network Login name for SMTP ALL - NIC Maximum 64 letters 12
server authentication
1102 Network Login password for SMTP ALL - NIC Maximum 64 letters 12
server authentication
1103 Network Rendezvous setting ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid 12
<1-2> 2: Invalid
1104 Network Link local host name ALL MFP_ NIC Maximum 127 letters 12
serial The network-related
serial number of the
equipment appears at
"serial"
1105 Network Service name setting ALL Refer to NIC Maximum 63 letters 12
contents The network-related
serial number of the
equipment appears at
"serial"
<Default value>
e-STUDIO281C:
TOSHIBA
e-STUDIO281C_serial
e-STUDIO351C:
TOSHIBA
e-STUDIO351C_serial
e-STUDIO451C:
TOSHIBA
e-STUDIO451C_serial
1111 Network POP Before SMTP setting ALL 2 NIC 1: Valid 12
<1-2> 2: Invalid
1112 Network Host name ALL MFP_ NIC Maximum 63 letters 12
serial The network-related
serial number of the
equipment appears at
"serial"
1113 Network Windows domain No.1 of ALL - UTY Maximum 128 letters 12
user authentication
1114 Network Sending mail text of Inter- ALL 1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
netFAX <0-1> 1: Valid
1117 Network SMB time-out period ALL 300 SYS Unit: Second 1
<1-9999>
1118 General Clearing of TAT partition ALL - SYS 3
1119 Network Initialization of NIC infor- ALL - - Initializes only the infor- 3
mation mation of the Network
setting items.
1121 Network PDC (Primary Domain ALL - UTY Maximum 128 letters 12
Controller) name No.1 of
authentication
1122 Network BDC (Backup Domain ALL - UTY Maximum 128 letters 12
Controller) name No.1 of
authentication

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 151

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1123 Network Windows domain of device ALL 4 UTY 3: ON 12
authentication <3-4> (Domain selected)
4: OFF
(Work group
selected)
1124 Network Workgroup name ALL work- UTY Maximum 15 letters 12
group
1125 General Data writing of address ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
book data import <0-1> 1: Valid
(overwriting method)
1126 Counter Validity of interrupt copy- ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
ing when external counters <0-1> 1: Valid
are installed
1128 Network NetwareUserAuthTree ALL - UTY Maximum 47 letters 12
Name1
1129 Network NetwareUserAuthContext ALL - UTY Maximum 127 letters 12
Name1
1130 User Job Build Function ALL 1 SYS Sets the Job Build 1
interface <0-1> Function.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
1131 User Maximum number of time ALL 1000 SYS Sets the maximum 1
interface job build performed <5-1000> number of time a job
build has been per-
formed.
5-1000: 5 to 1000 times
1132 General Default screen selection of ALL 1 SYS Selects the default 1
the User Function menu <0-1> screen when entering
the User Function menu
by pressing the [USER
FUNCTIONS] button.
0: ADDRESS
1: COUNTER
1134 Network NetwareUserAuthTree ALL - UTY Maximum 47 letters 12
Name2
1135 Paper Default setting of drawers ALL 1 SYS 1: LCF 1
feeding (Printer/BOX) <1-5> 2: Upper drawer
3: Lower drawer
4: PFP upper drawer
5: PFP lower drawer
1138 Network LDAP search method set- ALL 0 SYS Sets the search method 1
ting <0-3> when performing a
LDAP search.
0: Partial match
1: Prefix match
2: Suffix match
3: Full match
1139 Network LDAP authentication set- ALL 0 SYS 0: Not authenticated 1
ting <0-1> 1: Authenticated
1140 User Restriction of the template ALL 0 SYS Selects the restriction of 1
interface function with the adminis- <0-1> the template function
trator privilege usage setting.
0: No restriction
1: Only available with
the administrator
privilege.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 152

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1141 Network Display of MAC address ALL - SYS (**:**:**:**:**:**) 2
The address is dis-
played as above (6-byte
data is divided by a 2
colon at every 2 bytes).
1143 Network NetwareUserAuthContext ALL - UTY Maximum 127 letters 12
Name2
1144 Network NetwareUserAuthTree ALL - UTY Maximum 47 letters 12
Name3
1145 Mainte- Counter notification ALL - SYS Maximum 32 digits 11
nance Remote FAX setting Enter a hyphen with the
(Remote) [MONITOR/PAUSE]
button.
1148 Network NetwareUserAuthContext ALL - UTY Maximum 127 letters 12
Name3
1370 Image Image quality control time ALL 0 M Counts driving count of 1
process- accumulating counter <8 digits> the drum (image qual-
ing ity control time).
Counts up when drum
motor and image quality
control are ON.
1371 Image Accumulated counter of ALL 0 M Cleared to “0” by the 2
process- output pages since the per- <4 digits> image quality closed-
ing forming of image quality loop control. Counts up
control with the number of
printing job received
after this control.
1372 Image Heater and energizing time ALL 0 M Counts up the heater 1
process- accumulating counter Dis- <8 digits> control time accumu-
ing play/0 clearing lated (when power of
the copier is ON) but
does not count at the
Sleep Mode. When the
counter value of the
fuser belt is cleared,
this counter value is
also cleared in sync at
PM support mode.
1378 Image Fuser roller ready tempera- ALL 0 M Counts up the heater 2
process- ture time accumulating <8 digits> control time accumu-
ing counter lated (on standby).
When the counter value
of the fuser belt is
cleared, this counter
value is also cleared in
sync at PM support
mode.
1380 Image Fuser roller printing tem- ALL 0 M Counts up the heater 2
process- perature time accumulating <8 digits> control time accumu-
ing counter lated (during printing).
When the counter value
of the fuser belt is
cleared, this counter
value is also cleared in
sync at PM support
mode.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 153

05/11
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1382 Image Fuser roller energy saving ALL 0 M Counts up the heater 2
process- temperature time accumu- <8 digits> control time accumu-
ing lating counter Display/0 lated (at energy saving
clearing mode). When the
counter value of the
fuser belt is cleared,
this counter value is
also cleared in sync at
PM support mode.
1385 Image Number of output pages ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1
process- (Thick paper 1) <8 digits> registration sensor is
ing ON. When the counter
value of the fuser belt is
cleared, this counter
value is also cleared in
sync at PM support
mode.
1386 Image Number of output pages ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1
process- (Thick paper 2) <8 digits> registration sensor is
ing ON. When the counter
value of the fuser belt is
cleared, this counter
value is also cleared in
sync at PM support
mode.
1387 Image Number of output pages ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1
process- (Thick paper 3) <8 digits> registration sensor is
ing ON. When the counter
value of the fuser belt is
cleared, this counter
value is also cleared in
sync at PM support
mode.
1388 Image Number of output pages ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1
process- (OHP film) <8 digits> registration sensor is
ing ON. When the counter
value of the fuser belt is
cleared, this counter
value is also cleared in
sync at PM support
mode.
1389 Main Main charger wire clean- ALL 0 M Does not count up 1
charger ing counter display/0 clear- <5 digits> when cleaning is not
ing effective.
1390 Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of 1
feeding (upper drawer) <8 digits> times of the feeding
retry from the upper
drawer.
1391 Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of 1
feeding (lower drawer) <8 digits> times of the feeding
retry from the lower
drawer.
1392 Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of 1
feeding (PFP upper drawer) <8 digits> times of the feeding
retry from the PFP
upper drawer.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 154
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1393 Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of 1
feeding (PFP lower drawer) <8 digits> times of the feeding
retry from the PFP
lower drawer. 2
1394 Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of 1
feeding (bypass feed) <8 digits> times of the feeding
retry from the bypass
tray.
1395 Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of 1
feeding (LCF) <8 digits> times of the feeding
retry from the LCF.
1396 Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 10 M When the number of 1
feeding upper limit value <8 digits> feeding retry (08-1390
(upper drawer) to 08-1395) exceeds
1397 Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 10 M the setting value, the 1
feeding upper limit value <8 digits> feeding retry will not be
(lower drawer) performed subse-
1398 Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 10 M quently. In case “0” is 1
feeding upper limit value <8 digits> set as a setting value,
(PFP upper drawer) however, the feeding
retry continues regard-
1399 Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 10 M less of the counter set- 1
feeding upper limit value <8 digits> ting value.
(PFP lower drawer) Refer to (Note 1).
1400 Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 10 M 1
feeding upper limit value <8 digits>
(bypass feed)
1401 Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 10 M 1
feeding upper limit value (LCF) <8 digits>
1410 Counter Black toner cartridge drive ALL 0 M 1
counts/0 clearing <8 digits>
1412 Counter Counter for tab paper ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1
<8 digits> registration sensor is
ON. When the counter
value of the fuser roller
is reset, this counter is
reset in sync at the PM
support mode.
1414 Image Toner cartridge wrong ALL 0 M 0: ON 1
process- installation detection ON/ <0-1> 1: OFF
ing OFF setting
1415 Image Detection/control that the ALL 0 M Sets ON or OFF of the 1
process- toner cartridge is nearly <0-2> detection/control that
ing empty the toner cartridge is
nearly empty.
0: All colors (Y/M/C/K)
OFF
1: Black (K) ON
2: All colors (Y/M/C/K)
ON
1416 Image Threshold for detecting ALL 322500 M 1
process- that black toner cartridge is <8 digits>
ing nearly empty

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 155

05/11
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1422 Data HDD data overwriting type ALL 0 SYS Select the type of the 1
over- setting <0-2> overwriting level; LOW,
write kit MEDIUM, or HIGH for
deleting HDD data.
(This setting is enabled
only when the GP-1060
is installed.)
0: LOW
1: MEDIUM
2: HIGH
1424 Data HDD data clearing type ALL 0 SYS Select the type of the 1
over- setting (forcible clearing) <0-2> overwriting level; LOW,
write kit MEDIUM, or HIGH for
deleting HDD data.
(This setting is enabled
only when the GP-1060
is installed.)
0: LOW
1: MEDIUM
2: HIGH
1426 Data Forcible HDD data clearing ALL - - HDD data is cleared in 3
over- the procedure set in 08-
write kit 1424.
* This setting is
enabled only when
the GP-1060 is
installed.
1427 Data Forcible NVRAM data all ALL - - When this code is per- 3
over- clearing formed, the equipment
write kit cannot be started up.
* This setting is
enabled only when
the GP-1060 is
installed.
1428 Data Forcible SRAM backup ALL - - When this code is per- 3
over- data all clearing formed, the equipment
write kit cannot be started up.
* This setting is
enabled only when
the GP-1060 is
installed.
1429 User Margin width ALL Front: 7/ SYS This setting is not 10
interface (Top/Bottom, Left/Right) Back: 7 reflected in "Right",
<2-100/- even if the value less
100-100> than 2 is set for "Back".
1430 User Margin width ALL 14 SYS 1
interface (Bookbinding margin) <2-30>
1431 Network ACC ALL 1 SYS 0: ACC prohibited 1
(AT_CASETTE_CHANGE) <0-2> 1: Only in the same
for Printer/Box printing paper direction
2: In both same direc-
tion and different
directions
1432 Network Private-print-only mode ALL 0 SYS 0: Normal 1
<0-1> 1: Private-print-only
mode

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 156

05/11
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1435 Network "Disable private and proof ALL 0 SYS 0: Function OFF (no 1
print save" function <0-1> restriction on data
saving or other
operations) 2
1: Function ON (Data
saving or other
operations are
restricted)
1436 Network "Disable fax save" function ALL 0 SYS 0: Function OFF (no 1
<0-1> restriction on data
saving or other
operations)
1: Function ON (Data
saving or other
operations are
restricted
1440 Network IP Conflict Detect ALL 1 - OFF/ON 12
<1-2> 1: Valid
2: Invalid
1441 Network SNTP Enable ALL 2 - OFF/ON 12
<1-2> 1: Valid
2: Invalid
1442 Network SNTP Polling rate ALL 24 - Data obtaining interval 12
<1-168> (Unit: Hour)
1444 Network Primary SNTP Address ALL - - SNTP server IP 12
Address (Primary)
1445 Network Secondary SNTP Address ALL - - SNTP server IP 12
Address (Secondary)
1446 Network Port number to SNTP ALL 123 - 12
<1-
65535>
1447 Network IPP administrator name ALL - - This should be an 12
account which can con-
trol all IPP jobs.
1448 Network IPP administrator pass- ALL - - This should be the 12
word password of an account
which can control all
IPP jobs.
1449 Network IPP authentication method ALL 1 - 1: Disabled 12
<1-4> 2: Basic
3: Digest
4: Basic Digest
1450 Network User name for IPP authen- ALL - - This should be the 12
tication account at the time IPP
authentication was per-
formed.
1451 Network Password for IPP authenti- ALL - - This should be the 12
cation password of the
account at the time IPP
authentication was per-
formed.
1464 Network Samba server ON/OFF ALL 1 NIC 1: Samba enabled 12
setting <1-4> 2: Samba disabled
3: Print Share disabled
4: File Share disabled
1468 General User data management ALL 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1
limitation setting (color) <0-1> 1: Enabled

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 157

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1469 General User data management ALL 0 SYS 0-9,999,999: 1
limitation Setting by num- (color) <7 digits> 0-9,999,999 sheets
ber of printouts
1470 General Device authentication func- ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF 1
tion setting <0-1> 1: ON
1471 General User authentication ALL 0 SYS 0: Local 1
method <0-5> 1: NTLM (NT Domain)
2: LDAP
3: Kerberos (Active
Directory)
4: Netware
1472 General User data management ALL 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1
automatic registration func- <0-1> 1: Enabled
tion setting
1473 General User data management ALL 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1
limitation setting (black) <0-1> 1: Enabled
1474 General User data management ALL 0 SYS 0-9,999,999: 1
limitation Setting by num- (black) <7 digits> 0-9,999,999 sheets
ber of printouts
1476 Network Restriction on Address ALL 0 SYS Some restrictions can 1
book operation by adminis- <0-1> be given on the admin-
trator istrator for operating the
Address book.
0: No restriction
1: Can be operated
only under the
administrator's
authorization
1477 Network Restriction on "To" ("cc") ALL 0 SYS 0: No restriction 1
address <0-3> 1: Can be set from
both of the Address
book and LDAP
server
2: Can be set only
from the Address
book
3: Can be set only
from the LDAP
server
1478 User Display of paper size set- ALL JPN: 0 SYS 0: Not displayed 1
interface ting by installation opera- UC: 1 1: Displayed
tion of drawers <0-1>
1479 User Default setting of sharp- ALL 5 SYS 1: -4 2: -3 1
interface ness <1-9> 3: -2 4: -1
5: 0 6: +1
7: +2 8: +3 9: +4
1481 General User data management ALL - - All the user data in the 3
clearing database and backup
files can be deleted.
1482 General User data department ALL 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1
management <0-1> 1: Enabled
1483 General User data recovery ALL - - The data in the data- 3
base is overwritten with
the data in the backup
file.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 158

05/11
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1484 Network Authentication method of ALL 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1
"Scan to Email" <0-2> 1: SMTP authentica-
tion
2: LDAP authentica- 2
tion
1485 Network Setting whether use of the ALL 0 SYS 0: Not permitted 1
Internet FAX is permitted at <0-1> 1: Permitted
the time of authentication
1487 Network "From" address assign- ALL 0 SYS 0: User name + @ + 1
ment method at the time of <0-2> Domain name
authentication 1: LDAP searching
2: Use the address
registered at "From"
field of E-mail set-
ting
1489 Network Setting for "From" address ALL 0 SYS 0: Not permitted 1
edit at "Scan to Email" <0-1> 1: Permitted
1491 Network E-mail domain name ALL - SYS 96 + 2 (delimiter) char- 11
acter
* ASCll sequence
only
1492 Paper Detection method of 13" ALL 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1
feeding LG for single-size docu- <0-1> 1: Enabled
ment
1493 Network Role Base Access Func- ALL 0 SYS 0: Function off (No 1
tion <0-1> restriction on data
saving and other
operations)
1: Function on (Data
saving and other
operations have
some restrictions)
1494 General Limitation check method ALL 0 SYS 0: Checked at every 1
<0-1> page printed
1: Checked at every
job printed
1495 Mainte- Service call checking ALL 6 - 0: No checking period 1
nance period setting <0-12> specified (= Calls
service technician
immediately)
0: 10 minutes
1: 30 minutes
3: 1 hour
4: 6 hours
5: 12 hours
6: 24 hours
7: 48 hours
8: 7 days
9: 1 month
10: 1 year
11: 5 years
12: Not limited (= Calls
service technician if
such error has
occurred in the past
even once or more)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 159

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1496 General Operation setting for User ALL 1 SYS 0 : Disables operation 1
authentication/registration <0-1> setting for User
authentication/regis-
tration
1 : Enables operation
setting for User
authentication/regis-
tration
1497 Elec- e-Filing Access Mode (for ALL 0 SYS 0: Mode 1 1
tronic Fil- Client) <0-2> 1: Mode 2
ing 2: Mode 3
1498 FAX Inbound FAX function FAX 1 SYS 0: OFF 1
(Forwarding by TSI) <0-1> (Function disabled)
1: ON
(Function enabled)
1530-0 Counter Number of 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
output pages Duplex (black) <8 digits> output pages printed
in black mode printing only in the black mode.
1530-1 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (black) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
1530-2 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (black) <8 digits> sheets printed in the
printing black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
1530-3 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (black) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the black mode using
[4IN1].
1530-4 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (black) <8 digits> sheets printed in the
printing black mode using
[4IN1].
1530-7 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (black) <8 digits> sheets printed only in
printing the black mode.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 160

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1531-0 Counter Number of 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
output pages Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed
in full color printing only in the full color
mode mode. 2
1531-1 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the full color mode
using [2IN1] or [MAGA-
ZINE SORT].
1531-2 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed in the full
printing color mode using [2IN1]
or [MAGAZINE SORT].
1531-3 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the full color mode
using [4IN1].
1531-4 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed in the full
printing color mode using
[4IN1].
1531-7 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed only in
printing the full color mode.
1532-0 Counter Number of 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
output pages Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed
in twin color printing only in the twin color
mode mode.
1532-1 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the twin color mode
using [2IN1] or [MAGA-
ZINE SORT].
1532-2 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed in the
printing twin color mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
1532-3 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the twin color mode
using [4IN1].
1532-4 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed in the
printing twin color mode using
[4IN1].
1532-7 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed only in
printing the twin color mode.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 161

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1533-0 Counter Number of 1-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
output pages Duplex (black) <8 digits> output pages printed in
of the printer printing the black mode.
1533-1 or BOX 2-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (black) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
* When printing is
performed using a
Windows driver, the
1-UP image will be
output.
1533-2 2-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (black) <8 digits> sheets printed in the
printing black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
1533-3 4-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (black) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the black mode using
[4IN1].
1533-4 4-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (black) <8 digits> sheets printed in the
printing black mode using
[4IN1].
1533-5 N-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (black) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the black mode using
[N IN1].
1533-6 N-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (black) <8 digits> sheets printed in the
printing black mode using [N
IN1].
1533-7 1-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (black) <8 digits> sheets printed only in
printing the black mode.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 162

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1534-0 Counter Number of 1-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
output pages Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed
of the printer printing only in the full color
or BOX mode. 2
1534-1 (Full color) 2-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the full color mode
using [2IN1] or [MAGA-
ZINE SORT].
* When printing is
performed using a
Windows driver, the
1-UP image will be
output.
1534-2 2-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed in the full
printing color mode using [2IN1]
or [MAGAZINE SORT].
1534-3 4-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the full color mode
using [4IN1].
1534-4 4-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed in the full
printing color mode using
[4IN1].
1534-5 N-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the full color mode
using [N IN1].
1534-6 N-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed in the full
printing color mode using [N
IN1].
1534-7 1-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed only in
printing the full color mode.
1535-0 Counter Number of 1-UP / FAX 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
output pages Duplex (black) <8 digits> sheets in the default
of the FAX printing settings.
1535-7 printing 1-UP / FAX 0 SYS 4
(1-UP / Simplex (black) <8 digits>
Duplex print- printing
ing)
1661 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL - - Maximum 32 letters 12
LAN SSID
1662 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 - 1: Infrared wireless LAN 12
LAN Network type <1-2> 2: Ad-hoc network
1663 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 4 - 1: 802.1x 2: WPA-PSK 12
LAN Security <1-7> 3: WEP 4: NONE
5: WPA 6: WPA2
7: WPA2PSK
1664 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 - 1: TKIP 2: AES 12
LAN Encryption system <1-3> 3: Dynamic WEP
1665 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 - 1: 100% 2: 50% 12
LAN Transmission output power <1-5> 3: 25% 4: 12.5%
5: min

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 163

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1666 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 - 1: Auto 2: Manual 12
LAN Transmission rate <1-2>
1667 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 - 1: 1 2: 2 12
LAN Transmission rate value <1-12> 3: 5.5 4: 11
5: 6 6: 9
7: 12 8: 18
9: 24
10: 36
11: 48
12: 54
1668 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 - 1: Auto 2: Manual 12
LAN Operation channel <1-2>
1669 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 - 12
LAN Operation channel value <1-11>
1670 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 - 1:64 2: 128 12
LAN WEP bit number <1-3> 3: 152
1671 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 2 - 1: Hex 2: ASCII 12
LAN WEP key entry system <1-2>
1672 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL - - Maximum 32 letters 12
LAN WEP key value
1673 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL - - Maximum 64 letters 12
LAN WPA-PSK passphrase
1674 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 - 1: Off 2: Max 12
LAN Sleep mode setting <1-3> 3: Normal
1675 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 - 1: Long 2: Short 12
LAN Slot-time limitation <1-2>
1676 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 5 - 12
LAN Number of times of soft- <0-1000>
ware retry
1677 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 - 1: Long 2: Longshort 12
LAN Preamble <1-2>
1678 Wireless Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 - 1: All 2: 11b 12
LAN Operation mode <1-3> 3: 11g
1679 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 1 - This setting is whether 12
LAN Wireless LAN setting <1-3> the wireless LAN con-
nection is enabled or
disabled.
1: Unset 2: Enabled
3: Disabled
1681 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL - - This should be the path 12
LAN Path name for client certifi- name in full where the
cate client certificate is
located.
(Maximum 255 letters)
1682 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL - - This should be the path 12
LAN Path name for secret key name in full where the
of client certificate client certificate is
located.
(Maximum 255 letters)
1684 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL - - This should be the path 12
LAN Path name for CA self-cer- name in full where the
tificate CA self-certificate is
located.
(Maximum 255 letters)
1685 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL - - This should be the user 12
LAN EAP user name name when the EAP-
TLS is used.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 164

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1686 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL - - This should be the user 12
LAN EAP user name name when the PEAP
is used.
1689 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 30 - This should be the time- 12 2
LAN Authentication interval <30- out interval between
65535> EAP responses.
30: 30 seconds
1690 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 60 M The EAP authentica- 12
LAN Holding interval <60- tion will start after hav-
65535> ing been waited in this
period when an EAP
failure was received.
60: 60 seconds
1691 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 3 M When an EAPOL-Start 12
LAN EAPOL-Start <1- packet has been sent
Number of times of packet 65535> and the request ID can-
retry not be received, this
EAPOL-Start packet will
be re-sent for the num-
ber of times set in this
code.
3: 3 times
1692 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 2 - This setting is whether 12
LAN Session resume <1-2> the pre-master key
should be updated or
not upon a TLS re-
negotiation.
1: Session is resumed
2: Session is not
resumed
1693 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 1398 - This is a MAC frame 12
LAN MAC Frame size <1-1398> size used in the wire-
less LAN connection.
The data is fragmented
into this size.
1398: 1398 bytes
1696 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL /dev/ - This should be the 12
LAN Device file setting for urandom device file name which
obtaining random number can obtain a seed to ini-
tialize the WEP PRNG
for xsupplicant.
(Maximum 255 letters)
1697 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL - - This should be the path 12
LAN CRL directory designation name of the directory in
full where the CRL file
is located.
(Maximum 255 letters)
1699 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 1 - This setting is for the 12
LAN EAP authentication type <1-3> EAP authentication
type which xsupplicant
can authenticate.
1: EAP-TLS 2: PEAP
3: EAP-TLS and PEAP
1700 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL - - This should be an 12
LAN CN name authentication server
name (basically a
domain name in full).
(Maximum 255 letters)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 165

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1701 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 1 - 1: NO 2: YES 12
LAN CN name check <1-2>
1704 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 0 - The update interval of a 12
LAN Update interval of PTK <0-720> secret key across AP
(Pairwise Transient Key) (Access Point) and STA
(Station) can be set.
This interval is for
updating the secret key
from STA.
0: Not updated
1-720: 1-720 minutes of
interval
1705 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 1 - The Ack bit and request 12
LAN Strict packet check <1-2> bit of EAPOL-Key is
checked.
1: Not checked
2: Checked
1706 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 1 - A higher priority is given 12
LAN Priority change at 4-way <1-2> to the xsupplicant task
handshake when a 4-way hand-
shake is started.
1: Priority not changed
2: Priority changed
1707 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 1 - The encryption capabil- 12
LAN Security level <1-3> ity output in TLS clien-
tHello message can be
selected.
1: LOW 2: MIDDLE
3: HIGH
1708 Selectable security level ALL 1 - These are the security 12
(EAP-TLS) <1-3> level which can be
selected from the user
interface. This setting is
not applied in case of
PEAP. ("LOW" and
"MIDDLE" is manda-
tory for PEAP)
1: LOW + MIDDLE +
HIGH
2: MIDDLE + HIGH
3: HIGH
1710 Blue- Bluetooth ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF 1
tooth ON/OFF setting <0-1> 1: ON
1711 Blue- Bluetooth ALL MFP SYS Maximum 32 letters 11
tooth Device name
1712 Blue- Bluetooth ALL 1 SYS 0: Not allowed 1
tooth Discovery <0-1> 1: Allowed
1713 Blue- Bluetooth ALL 1 SYS 0: Security function 1
tooth Security <0-1> OFF
1: Security function
ON
1714 Blue- Bluetooth ALL 0000 SYS Maximum 8 digits 11
tooth PIN (8-digit sequence)
This setting is valid only
when the bluetooth
security function is ON.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 166

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1715 Blue- Bluetooth ALL 1 SYS 0: Not encrypted 1
tooth Data encryption <0-1> 1: Encrypted
This setting is valid only
when the bluetooth 2
security function is ON.
1719 Blue- Bluetooth ALL 0 SYS 0: Fit page 1
tooth BIP Paper type <0-3> 1: 1/2 size
2: 1/4 size
3: 1/8 size
1720 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter minimum area 1 12
ter 000.000.000.000-
(Minimum area 1) 255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1721 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter maximum area 12
ter 1
(Maximum area 1) 000.000.000.000-
255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1722 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter minimum area 2 12
ter I 000.000.000.000-
(Minimum area 2) 255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1723 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter maximum area 12
ter 2
(Maximum area 2) 000.000.000.000-
255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1724 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter minimum area 3 12
ter 000.000.000.000-
(Minimum area 3) 255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1725 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter maximum area 12
ter 3
(Maximum area 3) 000.000.000.000-
255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1726 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter minimum area 4 12
ter 000.000.000.000-
(Minimum area 4) 255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1727 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter maximum area 12
ter 4
(Maximum area 4) 000.000.000.000-
255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1728 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter minimum area 5 12
ter 000.000.000.000-
(Minimum area 5) 255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 167

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1729 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter maximum area 12
ter 5
(Maximum area 5) 000.000.000.000-
255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1730 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter minimum area 6 12
ter 000.000.000.000-
(Minimum area 6) 255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1731 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter maximum area 12
ter 6
(Maximum area 6) 000.000.000.000-
255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1732 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter minimum area 7 12
ter 000.000.000.000-
(Minimum area 7) 255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1733 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter maximum area 12
ter 7
(Maximum area 7) 000.000.000.000-
255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1734 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter minimum area 8 12
ter 000.000.000.000-
(Minimum area 8) 255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1735 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter maximum area 12
ter 8
(Maximum area 8) 000.000.000.000-
255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1736 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter minimum area 9 12
ter 000.000.000.000-
(Minimum area 9) 255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1737 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter maximum area 12
ter 9
(Maximum area 9) 000.000.000.000-
255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1738 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter minimum area 12
ter 10
(Minimum area 10) 000.000.000.000-
255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 168
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1739 Network IP address range for IP fil- ALL - - IP filter maximum area 12
ter 10
(Maximum area 10) 000.000.000.000-
255.255.255.255 2
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)
1740 Network SSL setting ALL 2 - 1: Enabled 12
SSL ftp server OFF/ON <1-2> 2: Disabled
1741 Network SSL setting ALL 10443 - SSL HTTP server port 12
HTTP server port number <1- number
65535>
1742 Network SSL setting ALL 2 - 1: Enabled 12
IPP server OFF/ON setting <1-2> 2: Disabled
1743 Network SSL setting ALL 443 - SSL IPP server port 12
IPP server port number <1- number
65535>
1744 Network SSL setting ALL 2 - OFF/ON 12
SSL ftp server OFF/ON <1-2> 1: Valid
2: Invalid
1745 Network SSL setting ALL 990 - Port number to FTP 12
SSL ftp server Port <1- Server
65535>
1746 Network SSL setting ALL 2 - OFF/ON 12
SSL LDAP Client OFF/ON <1-3> 1: Valid
2: Invalid
3: Use imported certifi-
cate
1747 Network SSL setting ALL 636 - Port number to LDAP 12
SSL LDAP Client Port <1- Server
65535>
1748 Network SSL setting ALL 2 - OFF/ON 12
SSL POP3 Client OFF/ON <1-3> 1: Valid
2: Invalid
3: Use imported certifi-
cate
1749 Network SSL setting ALL 995 - Port number to POP3 12
SSL POP3 Client Port <1- Server
65535>
1750 Network SSL setting ALL 2 - 2: Invalid 12
SSL SMTP Client OFF/ON <2-6> 3: Accept all certifi-
cates of SMTP with
TLS (STARTTLS)
server
4: Accept all certifi-
cates of SMTPS
(SMTP OverSSL)
server
5: Use imported certifi-
cates of SMTP with
TLS (STARTTLS)
server
6: Use imported certifi-
cates of SMTPS
(SMTP OverSSL)
server
1751 Network SSL setting ALL 465 - Port number to SMTP 12
SSL SMTP Client Port <1- Server
65535>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 169

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1755 Network Enabling server's IP ALL 2 - Domain Name Server 12
address acquired by DHCP <1-2> option (6)
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
* This value is used
only when DHCP is
enabled.
1756 Network Enabling server's IP ALL 2 - NetBIOS over TCP/IP 12
address acquired by DHCP <1-2> Name Server option
(44) = Primary and
Secondary Wins NAME
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
* This value is used
only when DHCP is
enabled.
1757 Network Enabling server's IP ALL 1 - The Host Name Ven- 12
address acquired by DHCP <1-2> dor Extension option
(12)
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
This value is used only
when DHCP is enabled.
1762 Network Enabling server's IP ALL 2 - SNTP Server Option 12
address acquired by DHCP <1-2> (42) NTP Server
Address
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
* This value is used
only when DHCP is
enabled.
1764 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL - - Maximum 255 letters 12
LAN Control sequence setting
of "Cipher Suite"
1765 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL - - Maximum 63 letters 12
LAN Path name for user certifi-
cate
1766 Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant ALL - - Maximum 63 letters 12
LAN Path name entered for CA
self-certificate
1767 Network Enabling server's IP ALL 2 SYS DNS domain name 12
address acquired by DHCP <1-2> Option (15) DNS
domain name of the cli-
ent
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
* This value is used
only when DHCP is
enabled.
1768 Network Previous IP address ALL - - 000.000.000.000- 12
255.255.255.255
(Default value:
000.000.000.000)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 170

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1778 General Hang-up period of control ALL 1 SYS 0: No hang-up 1
panel at the 3rd misentry of <0-7> 1: 0.5 minutes (= 30
administrator's password seconds)
2: 1 minute 2
3: 3 minutes
4: 5 minutes
5: 10 minutes
6: 15 minutes
7: 30 minutes
1779 Network Default data saving direc- ALL 0 SYS 0: Local directory 1
tory of "Scan to File" <0-2> 1: REMOTE 1
2: REMOTE 2
1781-0 Network Notification of When job ALL 0 SYS Sets the notification 4
scan job completed <0-1> method of scan job
1781-1 On error ALL 0 SYS completion. 4
<0-1> 0: Invalid
1: Valid
1782 Network File name format of "Save ALL 0 SYS Sets the naming 1
as file" and Email transmis- <0-6> method of the file of
sion "Save as file" and Email
transmission.
0: [FileName]-[Data]-
[Page]
1: [FileName]-[Page]-
[Data]
2: [Data]-[FileName]-
[Page]
3: [Data]-[Page]-[File-
Name]
4: [Page]-[FileName]-
[Data]
5: [Page]-[Data]-[File-
Name]
6: [HostName]_[Data]-
[Page]
1783 Network Date display format of the ALL 0 SYS Sets the data display 1
file name of "Save as file" <0-5> format of the file of
and Email transmission "Save as file" and Email
transmission.
0: [YYYY][MM][DD]
[HH][mm][SS]
1: [YY][MM][DD]
[HH][mm][SS]
2: [YYYY][MM][DD]
3: [YY][MM][DD]
4: [HH][mm][SS]
5: [YYYY][MM][DD]
[HH][mm][SS][mm0]

The order of [YY], [MM]


and [DD] varies
depending on the set-
ting of the code 08-640
(Data display format).

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 171

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1784 Network Single page data saving ALL 0 SYS Sets the directory 1
directory at "Save as file" <0-1> where the file of "Save
as file" is saved.
0: Save it under a sub-
folder
1: Save it without cre-
ating a subfolder
1785 Network Page number display for- ALL 4 SYS Sets the digit of a page 1
mat of the file of "Save as <3-6> number attached on the
file" and Email transmis- file.
sion 3-6: 3-6 digits
1786 Network Extension (suffix) format of ALL 3 SYS Sets the extension dig- 1
the file of "Save as file" <3-6> its of the file to be
saved.
3: Auto
4: 4 digits
5: 5 digits
6: 6 digits
1800-0 Image Color toner Y ALL 70 M Sets the motor driving 4
process- forced supply (color) <0-255> time of the developer
1800-1 ing time setting M ALL 70 M unit at the time of the 4
(color) <0-255> color toner forced sup-
1800-2 C ALL 70 M ply. 4
(color) <0-255> 0-255: Setting value x
0.1 seconds
1801 Image Color toner forced supply ALL 7 M Sets the number of 1
process- count setting (color) <1-10> times of the color toner
ing forced supply.
1802-0 Image Start up set- Level ALL 3 M Sets the performing 4
process- ting of the <2-8> level of the developer
ing developer material stabilizing
material stabi- operation.
1802-1 lizing mode. Pattern ALL 50 M Set the interval time 4
interval <0-100> between performances
of developer material
stabilizing operation.
1802-2 Number of ALL 10 M Set the number of 4
repeating <0-20> repeating times of the
time developer material sta-
bilizing operation.
1911 Finisher Manual stapling time-out ALL 15 M 3-30sec. 1
period <3-30> (In increments of 1sec.)
1912 Finisher Finisher model switching ALL 0 M 0: MJ-1023 1
setting value <0-1> 1: MJ-1101
1913 General Page number addition on ALL 0 SYS 1
multipage file names of <0-1>
"File/Email"
1914 General Maximum number of deci- ALL 2 SYS 1
mals in extension fields <0-255>
1915 Network Filing size for Network ALL 0 SYS 0: Eliminates 2 mm 1
scanning function <0-1> from circumference
(Void: 2 mm)
1: No space eliminated
(Void: 0 mm)
1916 General Default saving/attachment ALL 0 SYS 1
files of "File/Email" <0-1>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 172

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1920 Network Device domain name of ALL - UTY Maximum 128 letters 12
device authentication
1921 Network Windows domain No. 2 of ALL - UTY Maximum 128 letters 12
user authentication 2
1922 Network Windows domain No. 3 of ALL - UTY Maximum 128 letters 12
user authentication
1923 Network LDAP authentication ALL 1 NIC 1: Windows Server 12
Server type <1-2> 2: Not Windows Server
1924 Network LDAP authentication ALL - NIC Sets a user attribute 12
User attribute name.
1925 Network Execution of user authenti- ALL 2 SYS 0: Forcible execution 1
cation when the user ID is <0-2> 1: Execution impossi-
not entered ble (pooled in the
invalid queue)
2: Forcible deletion
1926 FAX Tab/cover sheet printing at ALL 0 SYS Sets on or off of the 1
FAX reception <0-1> printing function of spe-
Printing stop function cial sheets such as tab
or cover sheet of FAX,
Email or list print.
0: Function off
1: Function on
1928 Network Role Based Access ALL 0 SYS 5
LDAP search index <0-
4294967
295>
1929 User Key arrangement for lan- ALL 0 SYS 0: QWERTY layout 1
interface guage 1 <0-2> (for EUR)
1: QWERTZ layout
2: AZERTY layout
1930 User Key arrangement for lan- ALL 1 SYS 0: QWERTY layout 1
interface guage 2 <0-2> (for EUR)
1: QWERTZ layout
2: AZERTY layout
1931 User Key arrangement for lan- ALL EUR: 2 SYS 0: QWERTY layout 1
interface guage 3 UC: 0 (for EUR)
JPN: 0 1: QWERTZ layout
<0-2> 2: AZERTY layout
1932 User Key arrangement for lan- ALL 0 SYS 0: QWERTY layout 1
interface guage 4 <0-2> (for EUR)
1: QWERTZ layout
2: AZERTY layout
1933 User Key arrangement for lan- ALL 0 SYS 0: QWERTY layout 1
interface guage 5 <0-2> (for EUR)
1: QWERTZ layout
2: AZERTY layout
1934 User Key arrangement for lan- ALL 0 SYS 0: QWERTY layout 1
interface guage 6 <0-2> (for EUR)
1: QWERTZ layout
2: AZERTY layout
1935 User Key arrangement for lan- ALL 0 SYS 0: QWERTY layout 1
interface guage 7 <0-2> (for EUR)
1: QWERTZ layout
2: AZERTY layout

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 173

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1936 Network AppleTalk device name ALL MFP- UTY Maximum 32 letters 12
serial The Network-related
serial number of the
equipment appears at
"serial".
1937 Network User name and password ALL 0 SYS 0: User name and 1
at user authentication or <0-2> password of the
"Save as file" device
1: User name and
password at the
user authentication
(Template registra-
tion information
comes first when a
template is
retrieved.)
2: User name and
password at the
user authentication
(User information of
the authentication
comes first when a
template is
retrieved.)
1938 General Reformatting process due ALL - - Use this setting to refor- 7
to a version change of SYS <0-2> mat the specific parti-
ROM tion whose file system
has been changed in
Ver.2, at the version up/
downgrade of the SYS
ROM.
No reformatting pro-
cess shall be used in
any cases other than
this version change.
0: Waiting (No refor-
matting)
1: dosFs to catFs (Ver-
sion upgrade from
Ver.1 to Ver.2 or
later)
2: catFs to dosFs (Ver-
sion downgrade
from Ver.2 or later to
Ver.1)
1941 Blue- Bluetooth ALL EUR: 6 SYS 0: Ledger 1: Legal
tooth BIP Paper size UC: 2 2: Letter 3: Computer
JPN: 6 4: Statement 5: A3
<0-13> 6: A4 7: A5
8: A6 9: B4
10: B5 11: Folio
12: Legal13"
13: LetterSquare
1950 Network SMB signature for SMB ALL 1 UTY 1: Auto 12
server <0-3> 2: Valid
3: Invalid
1951 Network SMB signature for SMB cli- ALL 1 UTY 1: Auto 12
ent <0-3> 2: Valid
3: Invalid

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 174

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1952 Network Device name for device ALL - UTY Maximum 128 letters 12
authentication
1953 Network Password for the device ALL - UTY Maximum 128 letters 12
name used for device 2
authentication
1954 Network PDC2 of user authentica- ALL - UTY Maximum 128 letters 12
tion
1955 Network BDC2 of user authentica- ALL - UTY Maximum 128 letters 12
tion
1956 Network PDC3 of user authentica- ALL - UTY Maximum 128 letters 12
tion
1957 Network BDC3 of user authentica- ALL - UTY Maximum 128 letters 12
tion
1958 Network PDC of device authentica- ALL - UTY Maximum 128 letters 12
tion
1959 Network BDC of device authentica- ALL - UTY Maximum 128 letters 12
tion
1960 General KS Filter operation mode ALL 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1
<0-1> 1: Enabled
1961 General KS/KSSM setting all clear- ALL - - Does not reset the 3
ing value of the code 08-
1960 but resets those
of the codes 08-1963 to
1994.
1963 General KS Filter Emulation Mode ALL 0 SYS 0: Auto 1
<0-2> 1: KS
2: KSSM
1964 General KS Filter Paper Size ALL 1 SYS 0: A3 1
<0-5> 1: A4
2: B4
3: B5
4: Letter
5: Legal
1965 General KS Filter Orientation ALL 0 SYS 0: Portrait 1
<0-1> 1: Landscape
1966 General KS Filter Copies ALL 1 SYS 1
<1-999>
1967 General KS Paper Source ALL 0 SYS 1
<0-1>
1968 General KS Duplex Mode ALL 0 SYS 1
<0-2>
1970 General KS CPI (English CPI/ ALL 1 SYS 0: (5/10) 1
Hangle CPI) <0-10> 1: (6/12)
2: (6.7/13.3)
3: (6.9/13.8)
4: (7.5/15)
5: (8.3/16.7)
6: (9/18)
7: (10/10)
8: (10/20)
9: (12/24)
10: (15/30)
1971 General KS LPI ALL 60 SYS Key in the value 10 1
<30-160> times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "45" for a
font size 4.5.)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 175

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1972 General KS Type Face ALL 0 SYS 0: MYUNGJO 1
<0-5> 1: GOTHIC
2: GUNGSEO
3: GULLIM
4: GRAPH
5: SAMMUL
1973 General KS Font Size ALL 96 SYS Key in the value 10 1
<96-160> times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "100" for a
font size 10.0.)
1974 General KS Zoom ALL 100 SYS 1
<20-400>
1975 General KS CR/LF Mode ALL 2 SYS 0: CR->CR, 1
<0-3> LF->LF
1: CR->CR+LF,
LF->LF
2: CR->CR,
LF->CR+LF
3: CR->CR+LF,
LF->CR+LF
1976 General KS Top Margin ALL 0 SYS Key in the value 10 1
<0-50> times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "40" for a
font size 4.0.)
1977 General KS Left Margin ALL 0 SYS Key in the value 10 1
<0-50> times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "40" for a
font size 4.0.)
1978 General KS Auto Wrap ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF 1
<0-1> 1: ON
1979 General KS Han Mode ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF 1
<0-1> 1: ON
1980 General KS Han Code ALL 0 SYS 0: Wansung 1
<0-1> 1: Johap
1984 General KSSM CPI ALL 1 SYS 0: (5/10) 1
(English CPI/ Hangle CPI) <0-10> 1: (6/12)
2: (6.7/13.3)
3: (6.9/13.8)
4: (7.5/15)
5: (8.3/16.7)
6: (9/18)
7: (10/10)
8: (10/20)
9: (12/24)
10: (15/30)
1985 General KSSM LPI ALL 60 SYS Key in the value 10 1
<30-160> times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "45" for a
font size 4.5.)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 176

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1986 General KSSM Type Face ALL 0 SYS 0: MYUNGJO 1
<0-5> 1: GOTHIC
2: GUNGSEO
3: GULLIM 2
4: GRAPH
5: SAMMUL
1987 General KSSM Font Size ALL 96 SYS Key in the value 10 1
<96-160> times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "100" for a
font size 10.0.)
1988 General KSSM Zoom ALL 100 SYS 1
<20-400>
1989 General KSSM CR/LF Mode ALL 2 SYS 0: CR->CR, 1
<0-3> LF->LF
1: CR->CR+LF,
LF->LF
2: CR->CR,
LF->CR+LF
3: CR->CR+LF,
LF->CR+LF
1990 General KSSM Top Margin ALL 0 SYS Key in the value 10 1
<0-50> times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "40" for a
font size 4.0.)
1991 General KSSM Left Margin ALL 0 SYS Key in the value 10 1
<0-50> times as the desired
font size.
(e.g.: Key in "40" for a
font size 4.0.)
1992 General KSSM Auto Wrap ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF 1
<0-1> 1: ON
1993 General KSSM Han Mode ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF 1
<0-1> 1: ON
1994 General KSSM Han Code ALL 0 SYS 0: Wansung 1
<0-1> 1: Johap
3722 Network Device authentication ALL 60 NIC Applied to the device 12
PDC/BDC time-out period <1-180> authentication
(Unit: Seconds)
3723 Network User authentication PDC/ ALL 30 NIC Applied to the user 12
BDC time-out period (Unit: <1-180> authentication
Seconds)
3724 Network Windows domain authenti- ALL 1 NIC 1: Auto 12
cation of device/user <1-3> 2: Kerberos
authentication 3: NTLMv2
3725 Network IPP max connection ALL 16 NIC 12
<1-16>
3726 Network IPP active connection ALL 10 NIC 12
<1-16>
3727 Network LPD max connection ALL 10 NIC 12
<1-16>
3728 Network LPD active connection ALL 10 NIC 12
<1-16>
3729 Network ATalk PS max Connection ALL 10 NIC 12
<1-16>

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 177

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
3730 Network ATalk PS active Connec- ALL 10 NIC 12
tion <1-16>
3731 Network Raw TCP max connection ALL 10 NIC 12
<1-16>
3732 Network Raw TCP active connec- ALL 10 NIC 12
tion <1-16>
3736 Network DNS Client Time Out ALL 60 NIC Use when a timeout 12
<1-180> occurred at DNS client
connection
3737 Network DDNS Client Time Out ALL 60 NIC Use when a timeout 12
<1-180> occurred at DDNS cli-
ent connection
3738 Network HTTP Client Time Out ALL 60 NIC Use when a timeout 12
<1-180> occurred at HTTP cli-
ent connection
3739 Network FTP Client Time Out ALL 30 NIC Use when a timeout 12
(SCAN) <1-180> occurred at FTP client
connection
3740 Network SNTP Client Time Out ALL 30 NIC Use when a timeout 12
<1-180> occurred at SNTP client
connection
3741 Network SMTP Client Time Out ALL 30 NIC Use when a timeout 12
<1-180> occurred at SMTP client
connection
3742 Network POP3 Client Time Out ALL 30 NIC Use when a timeout 12
<1-180> occurred at POP3 client
connection
3743 Network LDAP Client Time Out ALL 30 NIC Use when a timeout 12
<1-180> occurred at LDAP cli-
ent connection
3744 Network POP3 Authentication ALL 1 NIC POP3 authentication 12
method <1-3> method setting
1: Disable (Default)
2: NTLM
3: Kerberos

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 178

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
6810-0 Counter Number of 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
output pages Duplex (black) <8 digits> output pages printed
in black mode printing only in the black mode.
6810-1 / Large size 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 2
Duplex (black) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
6810-2 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (black) <8 digits> sheets printed in the
printing black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
6810-3 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (black) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the black mode using
[4IN1].
6810-4 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (black) <8 digits> sheets printed in the
printing black mode using
[4IN1].
6810-7 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (black) <8 digits> sheets printed only in
printing the black mode.
6811-0 Counter Number of 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
output pages Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed
in full color printing only in the full color
mode / Large mode.
6811-1 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the full color mode
using [2IN1] or [MAGA-
ZINE SORT].
6811-2 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed in the full
printing color mode using [2IN1]
or [MAGAZINE SORT].
6811-3 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the full color mode
using [4IN1].
6811-4 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed in the full
printing color mode using
[4IN1].
6811-7 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed only in
printing the full color mode.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 179

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
6812-0 Counter Number of 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
output pages Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed
in twin color printing only in the twin color
mode / Large mode.
6812-1 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the twin color mode
using [2IN1] or [MAGA-
ZINE SORT].
6812-2 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed in the
printing twin color mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
6812-3 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the twin color mode
using [4IN1].
6812-4 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed in the
printing twin color mode using
[4IN1].
6812-7 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed only in
printing the twin color mode.
6813-0 Counter Number of 1-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
output pages Duplex (black) <8 digits> output pages printed in
of the printer printing the black mode.
6813-1 or BOX / 2-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Large Duplex (black) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
6813-2 2-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (black) <8 digits> sheets printed in the
printing black mode using
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE
SORT].
6813-3 4-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (black) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the black mode using
[4IN1].
6813-4 4-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (black) <8 digits> sheets printed in the
printing black mode using
[4IN1].
6813-5 N-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (black) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the black mode using
[N IN1].
6813-6 N-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (black) <8 digits> sheets printed in the
printing black mode using [N
IN1].
6813-7 1-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (black) <8 digits> sheets printed only in
printing the black mode.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 180

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
6814-0 Counter Number of 1-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
output pages Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed
of the printer printing only in the full color
or BOX / mode. 2
6814-1 Large 2-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
(Full color) Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the full color mode
using [2IN1] or [MAGA-
ZINE SORT].
6814-2 2-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed in the full
printing color mode using [2IN1]
or [MAGAZINE SORT].
6814-3 4-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the full color mode
using [4IN1].
6814-4 4-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed in the full
printing color mode using
[4IN1].
6814-5 N-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Duplex (color) <8 digits> output pages printed in
printing the full color mode
using [N IN1].
6814-6 N-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed in the full
printing color mode using [N
IN1].
6814-7 1-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
Simplex (color) <8 digits> sheets printed only in
printing the full color mode.
6815-0 Counter Number of 1-UP / FAX 0 SYS Counts the number of 4
output pages Simplex <8 digits> output pages in the
of the FAX printing default settings.
6815-7 printing / 1-UP / FAX 0 SYS 4
Large Duplex <8 digits>
printing
9047 General Process control flag setting ALL 0 SYS 0: No change of man- 1
of easy setup (manual <0-2> ual unpacking
unpacking adjustment) adjustment
1: OFF status of man-
ual unpacking
adjustment flag
2: Returns to the initial
unpacking mode
9117 Network Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: OFF 1
(Blank page will not be <0-1> 1: ON
printed)
9359 User Printing resume after jam ALL 0 SYS 0: Auto resume 1
interface releasing <0-1> 1: Resume by users
9394 Network Single-page option for stor- ALL 0 SYS 0: Sets 1 page as 1 file 1
ing File and sending Email <0-1> 1: Makes a file based
on the original
9629 Network Attribute name for LDAP ALL eBMUser SYS 11
Role Based Access R
<->

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 181

06/08
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
9739 Mainte- Remote service ALL 0 SYS 0: RDMS toner empty 1
nance Toner-end notification <0-2> notified immediately
1: RDMS toner empty
notified once a day
2: RDMS toner empty
not notified
9828 General Remote scanning mode ALL 0 SYS 0: Batch 1
<0-1> 1: Sequential
9829 General Department management ALL 0 SYS Decide the default limi- 1
limitation setting <0-3> tation setting when the
new department code is
created.
0: No limit
1: Limited only in the
black mode
2: Limited in the color
mode
3: Limited in the black/
color mode
9847 Finisher Hole punching setting ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1
<0-1> 1: Valid
9880 General Total counter transmission ALL 1 SYS 1 to 31 1
date setting (2) <1-31>
9881 General Day of total counter data ALL 0 - 1 byte 00000000(0)- 1
transmission <0-127> 01111111(127)
From the 2nd bit -
Sunday, Monday,
Tuesday, Wednesday,
Thursday, Friday,
Saturday
9882 General Display mode of the used ALL 1 SYS 0: All files search 1
capacity on the e-Filing <0-1> mode
administrator page 1: Performance priority
mode
9885 General New/Old FROM identifica- ALL - - 0: Old FROM 2
tion <-1-1> 1: New FROM
-1: Error
9886 Scanner Decimal point indication for SCN EUR: 0 SYS 0: Comma 1
Enhanced Scan Template UC: 1 1: Period
JPN: 1
<0-1>
9888 Scanner Permission setting for SCN 0 SYS 0: Prohibited 1
changing the scan parame- <0-1> 1: Accepted
ter when recalling an
extension
9891 User Warning message on the ALL 1 SYS 0: No warning notifica- 1
interface touch panel when PM <0-1> tion
(Periodic Maintenance) 1: Warning notification
time has come

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 182

06/08
Note:
In this equipment, a toner image is formed on the transfer belt prior to a paper feeding.
When the feeding retry occurs and the transport timing is delayed, the toner image on the trans-
fer belt is cleaned off without the 2nd transfer since the paper cannnot be reached for the 2nd
transfer proccess.
After that, the toner image fomation is retried while the paper is waited.
In this case, the toner for this image formation is consumed wastefully since the toner image on
the transfer belt is already cleaned off, even though the printing is normally completed.
2
Therefore, note that the excessive toner will be consumed consequently when the upper limit
value of feeding retry counter is set larger or set as "0" (no limit).
The toner is also consumed wastefully when the paper misfeeding occurs. Replace the roller at
earlier timing if the paper misfeedings have occurred frequently.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 183
<<Pixel counter related code>>(Chap. 2.2.6)
Note:
In the pixel counter function, the twin color copy mode is regarded as the full color mode.

Setting mode (08)


Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1500 Pixel Standard paper size setting ALL EUR: 0 SYS Selects the standard 1
counter UC: 1 paper size to convert it
JPN: 0 into the pixel count (%).
<0-1> 0: A4
1: LT
1501 Pixel Pixel counter all clearing ALL - SYS Clears all information 3
counter related to the pixel
counter.
1502 Pixel Service technician refer- ALL - SYS Clears all information 3
counter ence counter clearing related to the service
technician reference
pixel counter.
1503 Pixel Toner cartridge reference ALL - SYS Clears all information 3
counter counter clearing related to the toner car-
tridge reference pixel
counter.
1504 Pixel Pixel counter display set- ALL 1 SYS Selects whether or not 1
counter ting <0-1> to display the pixel
counter on the LCD
screen.
0: Displayed
1: Not displayed
1505 Pixel Displayed reference set- ALL 0 SYS Selects the reference 1
counter ting <0-1> when displaying the
pixel counter on the
LCD screen.
0: Service technician
reference
1: Toner cartridge ref-
erence
1506 Pixel Toner empty determination ALL 0 SYS Selects the counter to 1
counter counter setting <0-1> determine toner empty.
0: Output pages
1: Pixel counter
1507 Pixel Threshold setting for toner ALL 500 SYS Sets the number of out- 1
counter empty determination (Out- <0-999> put pages to determine
put pages) toner empty. This set-
ting is valid when “0” is
set at 08-1506.
1508 Pixel Threshold setting for toner ALL 21500 SYS Sets the number of out- 1
counter empty determination (Pixel <0- put pages to determine
counter) 60000> toner empty. This set-
ting is valid when “1” is
set at 08-1506.
1509 Pixel Pixel counter clear flag/ ALL 0 SYS Becomes “1” when 08- 2
counter Service technician refer- <0-1> 1502 is performed.
ence
1510 Pixel Service technician refer- ALL - SYS Displays the date on 2
counter ence cleared date which 08-1502 was per-
formed.
1511 Pixel Toner cartridge reference ALL - SYS Displays the date on 2
counter cleared date (Y) (color) which 08-1503 was per-
formed.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 184
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1512 Pixel Toner cartridge reference ALL - SYS Displays the date on 2
counter cleared date (M) (color) which 08-1503 was per-
formed.
1513 Pixel Toner cartridge reference ALL - SYS Displays the date on 2 2
counter cleared date (C) (color) which 08-1503 was per-
formed.
1514 Pixel Toner cartridge reference ALL - SYS Displays the date on 2
counter cleared date (K) which 08-1503 was per-
formed.
1515 Pixel Toner cartridge reference ALL - SYS Displays the date on 2
counter count started date (Y) (color) which 08-1503 was per-
formed.
1516 Pixel Toner cartridge reference ALL - SYS Displays the date on 2
counter count started date (M) (color) which 08-1503 was per-
formed.
1517 Pixel Toner cartridge reference ALL - SYS Displays the date on 2
counter count started date (C) (color) which 08-1503 was per-
formed.
1518 Pixel Toner cartridge reference ALL - SYS Displays the date on 2
counter count started date (K) which 08-1503 was per-
formed.
1547 Pixel Number of output pages/ PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter fullcolor (color) output pagesconverted
(Service technicianrefer- to the standard paper
ence) sizein the copy function,
full color modeand ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit. page]
1548 Pixel Number of output pages/ PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter black (Service technician (black) output pages con-
reference) verted to the standard
paper sizein the copy
function, black mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit. page]
1549 Pixel Number of output pages/ PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter fullcolor (Service techni- (color) output pages con-
cian reference) verted to the standard
paper size in the printer
function, full color mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit. page]
1550 Pixel Number of output pages/ PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter black (Service technician (black) output pages con-
reference) verted to the standard
paper size in the printer
function, black mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit. page]

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 185
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1551 Pixel Number of output pages/ FAX <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter black (Service technician (black) output pages con-
reference) verted to the standard
paper size in the FAX
function, black mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit. page]
1552 Pixel Number of output pages/ PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter full color (K) (Toner car- (color) output pages con-
tridge reference) verted to the standard
paper size in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner K and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit. page]
1553 Pixel Number of output pages/ PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter black (Toner cartridge ref- (black) output pages con-
erence) verted to the standard
paper size in the copy
function, black mode
and toner cartridge ref-
erence.
[Unit. page]
1554 Pixel Number of output pages/ PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter full color (K) (Toner car- (color) output pages con-
tridge reference) verted to the standard
paper size in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner K and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit. page]
1555 Pixel Number of output pages/ PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter black (Toner cartridge ref- (black) output pages con-
erence) verted to the standard
paper size in the printer
function, black mode
and toner cartridge ref-
erence.
[Unit. page]
1556 Pixel Number of output pages/ FAX <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter black (Toner cartridge ref- (black) output pages con-
erence) verted to the standard
paper size in the FAX
function, black mode
and toner cartridge ref-
erence.
[Unit. page]
1557 Pixel Number of output pages/ PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter full color (Y) (Toner car- (color) output pages con-
tridge reference) verted to the standard
paper size in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner Y and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit. page]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 186
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1558 Pixel Number of output pages/ PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter full color (Y) (Toner car- (color) output pages con-
tridge reference) verted to the standard
paper size in the printer 2
function, full color
mode, toner Y and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit. page]
1559 Pixel Number of output pages/ PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter full color (M) (Toner car- (color) output pages con-
tridge reference) verted to the standard
paper size in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner M and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit. page]
1560 Pixel Number of output pages/ PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter full color (M) (Toner car- (color) output pages con-
tridge reference) verted to the standard
paper size in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner M and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit. page]
1561 Pixel Number of output pages/ PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter full color (C) (Toner car- (color) output pages con-
tridge reference) verted to the standard
paper size in the copy
function, full color
mode, toner C and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit. page]
1562 Pixel Number of output pages/ ALL <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter full color (C) (Toner car- (color) output pages con-
tridge reference) verted to the standard
paper size in the printer
function, full color
mode, toner C and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit. page]
1563 Pixel Toner cartridge Y replace- ALL <3 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter ment counter (color) time of the toner car-
tridge Y replacement.
1564 Pixel Toner cartridge M replace- ALL <3 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter ment counter (color) time of the toner car-
tridge M replacement.
1565 Pixel Toner cartridge C replace- ALL <3 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter ment counter (color) time of the toner car-
tridge C replacement.
1566 Pixel Toner cartridge K replace- ALL <3 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2
counter ment counter time of the toner car-
tridge K replacement.

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 187
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1577 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (Y+M+C+K) (Service (color) <0- pixel count in the copy
technician reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, all toner and ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1578 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (Y) (Service techni- (color) <0- pixel count in the copy
cian reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner Y and ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1579 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (M) (Service techni- (color) <0- pixel count in the copy
cian reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner M and ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1580 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (C) (Service techni- (color) <0- pixel count in the copy
cian reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner C and ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1581 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (K) (Service techni- (color) <0- pixel count in the copy
cian reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner K and ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1582 Pixel Average pixel count/full PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (Y+M+C+K) (Service (color) <0- pixel count in the printer
technician reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, all toner and ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1583 Pixel Average pixel count/full PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (Y) (Service techni- (color) <0- pixel count in the printer
cian reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner Y and ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1584 Pixel Average pixel count/full PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (M) (Service techni- (color) <0- pixel count in the printer
cian reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner M and ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 188
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1585 Pixel Average pixel count/full PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (C) (Service techni- (color) <0- pixel count in the printer
cian reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner C and ser- 2
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1586 Pixel Average pixel count/full PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (K) (Service techni- (color) <0- pixel count in the printer
cian reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner K and ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1587 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC/ 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (Y+M+C+K) (Service PRT <0- pixel count in the copy/
technician reference) (color) 10000> printer function, full
color mode, all toner
and service technician
reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1588 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC/ 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (Y) (Service techni- PRT <0- pixel count in the copy/
cian reference) (color) 10000> printer function, full
color mode, toner Y and
service technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1589 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC/ 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (M) (Service techni- PRT <0- pixel count in the copy/
cian reference) (color) 10000> printer function, full
color mode, toner M
and service technician
reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1590 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC/ 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (C) (Service techni- PRT <0- pixel count in the copy/
cian reference) (color) 10000> printer function, full
color mode, toner C
and service technician
reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1591 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC/ 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (K) (Service techni- PRT <0- pixel count in the copy/
cian reference) (color) 10000> printer function, full
color mode, toner K and
service technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1592 Pixel Average pixel count/black PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter (Service technician refer- (black) <0- pixel count in the copy
ence) 10000> function, black mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 189
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1593 Pixel Average pixel count/black PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter (Service technician refer- (black) <0- pixel count in the printer
ence) 10000> function, black mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1594 Pixel Average pixel count/black FAX 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter (Service technician refer- (black) <0- pixel count in the FAX
ence) 10000> function, black mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1595 Pixel Average pixel count/black PPC/ 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter (Service technician refer- PRT/ <0- pixel count in the copy/
ence) FAX 10000> printer/FAX function,
(black) black mode and ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1596 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (Y+M+C+K) (Service tech- (color) <0- count in the copy func-
nician reference) 10000> tion, full color mode, all
toner and service tech-
nician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1597 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (Y) (Service technician ref- (color) <0- count in the copy func-
erence) 10000> tion, full color mode,
toner Y and service
technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1598 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (M) (Service technician ref- (color) <0- count in the copy func-
erence) 10000> tion, full color mode,
toner M and service
technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1599 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (C) (Service technician ref- (color) <0- count in the copy func-
erence) 10000> tion, full color mode,
toner C and service
technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1600 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (K) (Service technician ref- (color) <0- count in the copy func-
erence) 10000> tion, full color mode,
toner K and service
technician reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1601 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (Y+M+C+K) (Service tech- (color) <0- count in the printer
nician reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, all toner and ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 190
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1602 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (Y) (Service technician ref- (color) <0- count in the printer
erence) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner Y and ser- 2
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1603 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (M) (Service technician ref- (color) <0- count in the printer
erence) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner M and ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1604 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (C) (Service technician ref- (color) <0- count in the printer
erence) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner C and ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1605 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (K) (Service technician ref- (color) <0- count in the printer
erence) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner K and ser-
vice technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1606 Pixel Latest pixel count/black PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (Service technician refer- (black) <0- count in the copy func-
ence) 10000> tion, black mode and
service technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1607 Pixel Latest pixel count/black PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (Service technician refer- (black) <0- count in the printer
ence) 10000> function, black mode
and service technician
reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1608 Pixel Latest pixel count/black FAX 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (Service technician refer- (black) <0- count in the FAX func-
ence) 10000> tion, black mode and
service technician refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1609 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (Y) (Toner cartridge (color) <0- pixel count in the copy
reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner Y and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 191
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1610 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (M) (Toner cartridge (color) <0- pixel count in the copy
reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner M and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1611 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (C) (Toner cartridge (color) <0- pixel count in the copy
reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner C and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1612 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (K) (Toner cartridge (color) <0- pixel count in the copy
reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner K and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1613 Pixel Average pixel count/black PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black) <0- pixel count in the copy
10000> function, black mode
and toner cartridge ref-
erence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1614 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (K)+black (Toner car- <0- pixel count in the copy
tridge reference) 10000> function, full color/black
mode, toner K and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1615 Pixel Average pixel count/full PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (Y) (Toner cartridge (color) <0- pixel count in the printer
reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner Y and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1616 Pixel Average pixel count/full PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (M) (Toner cartridge (color) <0- pixel count in the printer
reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner M and
toner cartridge refer
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1617 Pixel Average pixel count/full PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (C) (Toner cartridge (color) <0- pixel count in the printer
reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner C and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 192
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1618 Pixel Average pixel count/full PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (K) (Toner cartridge (color) <0- pixel count in the printer
reference) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner K and 2
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1619 Pixel Average pixel count/black PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black) <0- pixel count in the printer
10000> function, black mode
and toner cartridge ref-
erence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1620 Pixel Average pixel count/full PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (K)+black (Toner car- <0- pixel count in the printer
tridge reference) 10000> function, full color/black
mode, toner K and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1621 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC/ 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (Y) (Toner cartridge PRT <0- pixel count in the copy/
reference) (color) 10000> printer function, full
color mode, toner Y and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1622 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC/ 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (M) (Toner cartridge PRT <0- pixel count in the copy/
reference) (color) 10000> printer function, full
color mode, toner M
and toner cartridge ref-
erence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1623 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC/ 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (C) (Toner cartridge PRT <0- pixel count in the copy/
reference) (color) 10000> printer function, full
color mode, toner C
and toner cartridge ref-
erence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1624 Pixel Average pixel count/full PPC/ 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter color (K)+black (Toner car- PRT/ <0- pixel count in the copy/
tridge reference) FAX 10000> printer/FAX function,
black mode, toner K
and toner cartridge ref-
erence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1625 Pixel Average pixel count/black FAX 0 SYS Displays the average 2
counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black) <0- pixel count in the FAX
10000> function, black mode
and toner cartridge ref-
erence.
[Unit: 0.01%]

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 193
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1626 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (Y) (Toner cartridge refer- (color) <0- count in the copy func-
ence) 10000> tion, full color mode,
toner Y and toner car-
tridge reference.
[Unit:0.01%]
1627 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (M) (Toner cartridge refer- (color) <0- count in the copy func-
ence) 10000> tion, full color mode,
toner M and toner car-
tridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1628 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (C) (Toner cartridge refer- (color) <0- count in the copy func-
ence) 10000> tion, full color mode,
toner C and toner car-
tridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1629 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (K) (Toner cartridge refer- (color) <0- count in the copy func-
ence) 10000> tion, full color mode,
toner K and toner car-
tridge reference.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1630 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (Y) (Toner cartridge refer- (color) <0- count in the printer
ence) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner Y and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1631 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (M) (Toner cartridge refer- (color) <0- count in the printer
ence) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner M and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1632 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (C) (Toner cartridge refer- (color) <0- count in the printer
ence) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner C and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1633 Pixel Latest pixel count/full color PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (K) (Toner cartridge refer- (color) <0- count in the printer
ence) 10000> function, full color
mode, toner K and
toner cartridge refer-
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1634 Pixel Latest pixel count/black FAX 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black) <0- count in the FAX func-
10000> tion, black mode and
toner cartridge refer-
ence. [Unit: 0.01%]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 194
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1639 Pixel Latest pixel count/black PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black) <0- count in the copy func-
10000> tion, black mode and
toner cartridge refer- 2
ence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1640 Pixel Latest pixel count/black PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2
counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black) <0- count in the printer
10000> function, black mode
and toner cartridge ref-
erence.
[Unit: 0.01%]
1641-0 Pixel Pixel count 0-5% PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data 14
counter distribution/ (color) are divided into 10
1641-1 full color (Y) 5.1-10% PPC <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of 14
(color) output pages in each
1641-2 10.1-15% PPC <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 14
(color) this code, the distribu-
tions in the copy func-
1641-3 15.1-20% PPC <8 digits> SYS tion, full color mode and 14
(color) toner Y are displayed.
1641-4 20.1-25% PPC <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 14
(color)
1641-5 25.1-30% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1641-6 30.1-40% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1641-7 40.1-60% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1641-8 60.1-80% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1641-9 80.1- PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
100% (color)
1642-0 Pixel Pixel count 0-5% PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data 14
counter distribution/ (color) are divided into 10
1642-1 full color (M) 5.1-10% PPC <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of 14
(color) output pages in each
1642-2 10.1-15% PPC <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 14
(color) this code, the distribu-
tions in the copy func-
1642-3 15.1-20% PPC <8 digits> SYS tion, full color mode and 14
(color) toner M are displayed.
1642-4 20.1-25% PPC <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 14
(color)
1642-5 25.1-30% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1642-6 30.1-40% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1642-7 40.1-60% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1642-8 60.1-80% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1642-9 80.1- PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
100% (color)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 195
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1643-0 Pixel Pixel count 0-5% PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data 14
counter distribution/ (color) are divided into 10
1643-1 full color (C) 5.1-10% PPC <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of 14
(color) output pages in each
1643-2 10.1-15% PPC <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 14
(color) this code, the distribu-
tions in the copy func-
1643-3 15.1-20% PPC <8 digits> SYS tion, full color mode and 14
(color) toner C are displayed.
1643-4 20.1-25% PPC <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 14
(color)
1643-5 25.1-30% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1643-6 30.1-40% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1643-7 40.1-60% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1643-8 60.1-80% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1643-9 80.1- PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
100% (color)
1644-0 Pixel Pixel count 0-5% PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data 14
counter distribution/ (color) are divided into 10
1644-1 full color (K) 5.1-10% PPC <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of 14
(color) output pages in each
1644-2 10.1-15% PPC <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 14
(color) this code, the distribu-
tions in the copy func-
1644-3 15.1-20% PPC <8 digits> SYS tion, full color mode and 14
(color) toner K are displayed.
1644-4 20.1-25% PPC <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 14
(color)
1644-5 25.1-30% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1644-6 30.1-40% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1644-7 40.1-60% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1644-8 60.1-80% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1644-9 80.1- PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
100% (color)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 196
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1645-0 Pixel Pixel count 0-5% PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data 14
counter distribution/ (color) are divided into 10
1645-1 full color (Y) 5.1-10% PRT <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of 14
(color) output pages in each 2
1645-2 10.1-15% PRT <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 14
(color) this code, the distribu-
tions in the printer func-
1645-3 15.1-20% PRT <8 digits> SYS tion, full color mode and 14
(color) toner Y are displayed.
1645-4 20.1-25% PRT <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 14
(color)
1645-5 25.1-30% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1645-6 30.1-40% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1645-7 40.1-60% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1645-8 60.1-80% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1645-9 80.1- PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
100% (color)
1646-0 Pixel Pixel count 0-5% PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data 14
counter distribution/ (color) are divided into 10
1646-1 full color (M) 5.1-10% PRT <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of 14
(color) output pages in each
1646-2 10.1-15% PRT <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 14
(color) this code, the distribu-
tions in the printer func-
1646-3 15.1-20% PRT <8 digits> SYS tion, full color mode and 14
(color) toner M are displayed.
1646-4 20.1-25% PRT <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 14
(color)
1646-5 25.1-30% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1646-6 30.1-40% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1646-7 40.1-60% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1646-8 60.1-80% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1646-9 80.1- PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
100% (color)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 197
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1647-0 Pixel Pixel count 0-5% PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data 14
counter distribution/ (color) are divided into 10
1647-1 full color (C) 5.1-10% PRT <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of 14
(color) output pages in each
1647-2 10.1-15% PRT <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 14
(color) this code, the distribu-
tions in the printer func-
1647-3 15.1-20% PRT <8 digits> SYS tion, full color mode and 14
(color) toner C are displayed.
1647-4 20.1-25% PRT <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 14
(color)
1647-5 25.1-30% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1647-6 30.1-40% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1647-7 40.1-60% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1647-8 60.1-80% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1647-9 80.1- PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
100% (color)
1648-0 Pixel Pixel count 0-5% PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data 14
counter distribution/ (color) are divided into 10
1648-1 full color (K) 5.1-10% PRT <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of 14
(color) output pages in each
1648-2 10.1-15% PRT <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 14
(color) this code, the distribu-
tions in the printer func-
1648-3 15.1-20% PRT <8 digits> SYS tion, full color mode and 14
(color) toner K are displayed.
1648-4 20.1-25% PRT <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 14
(color)
1648-5 25.1-30% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1648-6 30.1-40% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1648-7 40.1-60% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1648-8 60.1-80% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(color)
1648-9 80.1- PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
100% (color)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 198
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1649-0 Pixel Pixel count 0-5% PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data 14
counter distribution/ (black) are divided into 10
1649-1 black 5.1-10% PPC <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of 14
(black) output pages in each 2
1649-2 10.1-15% PPC <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 14
(black) this code, the distribu-
tions in the copy func-
1649-3 15.1-20% PPC <8 digits> SYS tion and black mode 14
(black) aredisplayed.
1649-4 20.1-25% PPC <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 14
(black)
1649-5 25.1-30% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(black)
1649-6 30.1-40% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(black)
1649-7 40.1-60% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(black)
1649-8 60.1-80% PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
(black)
1649-9 80.1- PPC <8 digits> SYS 14
100% (black)
1650-0 Pixel Pixel count 0-5% PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data 14
counter distribution/ (black) are divided into 10
1650-1 black 5.1-10% PRT <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of 14
(black) output pages in each
1650-2 10.1-15% PRT <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 14
(black) this code, the distribu-
tions in the printer func-
1650-3 15.1-20% PRT <8 digits> SYS tion and black mode are 14
(black) displayed.
1650-4 20.1-25% PRT <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 14
(black)
1650-5 25.1-30% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(black)
1650-6 30.1-40% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(black)
1650-7 40.1-60% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(black)
1650-8 60.1-80% PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
(black)
1650-9 80.1- PRT <8 digits> SYS 14
100% (black)

© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 199
Setting mode (08)
Default
Pro-
Classifi- Func- <Accept-
Code Items RAM Contents cedur
cation tion able
e
value>
1651-0 Pixel Pixel count 0-5% FAX <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data 14
counter distribution/ (black) are divided into 10
1651-1 black 5.1-10% FAX <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of 14
(black) output pages in each
1651-2 10.1-15% FAX <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 14
(black) this code, the distribu-
tions in the FAX func-
1651-3 15.1-20% FAX <8 digits> SYS tion and black mode are 14
(black) dis-played.
1651-4 20.1-25% FAX <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 14
(black)
1651-5 25.1-30% FAX <8 digits> SYS 14
(black)
1651-6 30.1-40% FAX <8 digits> SYS 14
(black)
1651-7 40.1-60% FAX <8 digits> SYS 14
(black)
1651-8 60.1-80% FAX <8 digits> SYS 14
(black)
1651-9 80.1- FAX <8 digits> SYS 14
100% (black)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE © June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC

2 - 200

05/07

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen